diff options
| author | rillig <rillig@pkgsrc.org> | 2007-09-18 08:35:13 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | rillig <rillig@pkgsrc.org> | 2007-09-18 08:35:13 +0000 |
| commit | 9ccbb63c6349ee012abae4bdcf99c132f2ee684d (patch) | |
| tree | e3ad44851c8fa1ec1cc7ef206747d19a666d270e /doc/pkgsrc.html | |
| parent | e495414f1aa0957c53ce4c91472467a76961488a (diff) | |
| download | pkgsrc-9ccbb63c6349ee012abae4bdcf99c132f2ee684d.tar.gz | |
regen
Diffstat (limited to 'doc/pkgsrc.html')
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/pkgsrc.html | 2094 |
1 files changed, 1093 insertions, 1001 deletions
diff --git a/doc/pkgsrc.html b/doc/pkgsrc.html index 22f15bf5e8b..f3b54ed92f4 100644 --- a/doc/pkgsrc.html +++ b/doc/pkgsrc.html @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ </h3> </div></div> <div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1994-2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc</p></div> -<div><p class="pubdate">$NetBSD: pkgsrc.xml,v 1.25 2007/08/15 06:32:38 rillig Exp $</p></div> +<div><p class="pubdate">$NetBSD: pkgsrc.xml,v 1.26 2007/09/18 08:17:21 rillig Exp $</p></div> <div><div class="abstract"> <p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p> <p>pkgsrc is a centralized package management system for @@ -127,303 +127,311 @@ <dd><dl> <dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#building-a-single-binary-package">6.1. Building a single binary package</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#settings-for-creationg-of-binary-packages">6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulkbuild">6.3. Doing a bulk build of all packages</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#binary.configuration">6.3.1. Configuration</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-environmental-considerations">6.3.2. Other environmental considerations</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#operation">6.3.3. Operation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#what-it-does">6.3.4. What it does</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#disk-space-requirements">6.3.5. Disk space requirements</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#setting-up-a-sandbox">6.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#building-a-partial-set">6.3.7. Building a partial set of packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk-upload">6.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">6.4. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">6.4.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#files">7. Directory layout of the installed files</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">7.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">7.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#faq">8. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">8.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">8.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">8.8. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">8.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">8.10. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#bulk">7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk +builds)</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pre">7.1. Think first, build later</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.req">7.2. Requirements of a bulk build</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.old">7.3. Running an old-style bulk build</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#binary.configuration">7.3.1. Configuration</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-environmental-considerations">7.3.2. Other environmental considerations</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#operation">7.3.3. Operation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#what-it-does">7.3.4. What it does</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#disk-space-requirements">7.3.5. Disk space requirements</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#setting-up-a-sandbox">7.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#building-a-partial-set">7.3.7. Building a partial set of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk-upload">7.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pbulk">7.4. Running a pbulk-style bulk build</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk.pbulk.conf">7.4.1. Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">7.5. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">7.5.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#files">8. Directory layout of the installed files</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">8.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">8.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#faq">9. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">9.8. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">9.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">9.10. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">8.11. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">8.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">8.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">8.14. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">8.15. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">8.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">8.17. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">9.11. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">9.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">9.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">9.14. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">9.15. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">9.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">9.17. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> <dt><span class="part"><a href="#developers-guide">II. The pkgsrc developer's guide</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#creating">9. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#creating">10. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.common">9.1. Common types of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.common">10.1. Common types of packages</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.perl-module">9.1.1. Perl modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.kde-app">9.1.2. KDE applications</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.perl-module">10.1.1. Perl modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.kde-app">10.1.2. KDE applications</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.examples">9.2. Examples</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.nvu">9.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.examples">10.2. Examples</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.nvu">10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#components">10. Package components - files, directories and contents</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#components">11. Package components - files, directories and contents</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">10.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">10.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">11.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">11.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patch.structure">10.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.caveats">10.3.2. Creating patch files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.sources">10.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">10.3.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">10.3.5. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patch.structure">11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.caveats">11.3.2. Creating patch files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.sources">11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">11.3.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">11.3.5. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">10.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">10.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">11.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">11.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">10.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">11.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">10.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">10.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">11.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">11.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makefile">11. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makefile">12. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.style">11.1. Caveats</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">11.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">11.2.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">11.3. Code snippets</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.style">12.1. Caveats</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">12.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">12.2.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">12.3. Code snippets</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">11.3.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">11.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">11.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">11.3.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">11.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">12.3.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">12.3.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#plist">12. PLIST issues</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#plist">13. PLIST issues</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">12.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">12.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">12.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">12.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">12.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">12.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">13.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">13.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">13.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">13.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">13.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">13.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#buildlink">13. Buildlink methodology</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#buildlink">14. Buildlink methodology</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">13.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">14.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">13.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">14.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">13.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">14.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">13.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">14.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pkginstall">14. The pkginstall framework</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pkginstall">15. The pkginstall framework</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">14.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">14.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">15.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">15.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">14.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">15.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">14.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">14.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">15.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">15.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">14.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">14.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">14.5. System shells</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">14.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">14.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">15.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">15.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">15.5. System shells</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">15.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">15.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#options">15. Options handling</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#options">16. Options handling</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">15.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">15.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">15.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">16.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">16.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">16.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#build">16. The build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#build">17. The build process</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">16.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">16.2. Program location</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">16.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">16.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">16.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">17.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">17.2. Program location</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">17.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">17.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">17.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">16.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">17.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">16.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">16.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">16.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">16.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">16.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">16.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">16.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">16.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">16.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">16.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">16.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">16.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tools">17. Tools needed for building or running</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">17.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">17.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tools.questions">17.4. Questions regarding the tools</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#fixes">18. Making your package work</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">18.1. General operation</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">18.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">18.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">18.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">18.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">18.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">18.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">18.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">18.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">18.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">18.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">18.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">18.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">18.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">18.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">18.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">18.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">18.6.3. Installing highscore files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#destdir-support">18.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">18.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">18.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">18.6.7. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">18.6.8. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">18.6.9. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">18.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">18.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">18.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">18.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">18.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">18.6.15. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">18.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">18.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">18.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">17.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">17.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">17.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">17.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">17.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">17.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">17.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">17.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">17.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">17.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">17.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">17.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tools">18. Tools needed for building or running</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">18.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">18.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tools.questions">18.4. Questions regarding the tools</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#fixes">19. Making your package work</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">19.1. General operation</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">19.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">19.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">19.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">19.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">19.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">19.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">19.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">19.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">19.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">19.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">19.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">19.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">19.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">19.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">19.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">19.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">19.6.3. Installing highscore files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#destdir-support">19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">19.6.7. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">19.6.8. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">19.6.9. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">19.6.15. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">18.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">18.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">18.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">19.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#debug">19. Debugging</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#submit">20. Submitting and Committing</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#debug">20. Debugging</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#submit">21. Submitting and Committing</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">20.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">20.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">21.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">21.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">21.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">21.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#devfaq">21. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gnome">22. GNOME packaging and porting</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#devfaq">22. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gnome">23. GNOME packaging and porting</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">22.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">22.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">22.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">23.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">23.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">23.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> <dt><span class="part"><a href="#infrastructure">III. The pkgsrc infrastructure internals</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#infr.design">23. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#infr.design">24. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">23.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">23.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">24.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">24.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">23.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">23.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">24.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">24.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">23.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">24.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">23.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">24.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">23.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">24.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">23.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">23.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">24.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">24.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#regression">24. Regression tests</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#regression">25. Regression tests</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">24.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">24.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">24.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">25.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">25.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">25.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">24.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">24.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">25.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">25.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#porting">25. Porting pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#porting">26. Porting pkgsrc</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">25.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">26.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> <dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#examples">A. A simple example package: bison</a></span></dt> @@ -467,9 +475,9 @@ source packages</a></span></dt> </dt> <dt>3.1. <a href="#binary-kits">Binary kits and available packages</a> </dt> -<dt>10.1. <a href="#patch-examples">Patching examples</a> +<dt>11.1. <a href="#patch-examples">Patching examples</a> </dt> -<dt>22.1. <a href="#plist-handling">PLIST handling for GNOME packages</a> +<dt>23.1. <a href="#plist-handling">PLIST handling for GNOME packages</a> </dt> </dl> </div> @@ -554,14 +562,14 @@ pkgsrc provides the following key features: <p>The following principles are basic to pkgsrc:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> <li><p>“<span class="quote">It should only work if it's right.</span>” -— That means, if a package contains bugs, it's better to find +— That means, if a package contains bugs, it's better to find them and to complain about them rather than to just install the package and hope that it works. There are numerous checks in pkgsrc that try to find such bugs: Static analysis tools (<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkglint/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkglint</code></a>), build-time checks (portability of shell scripts), and post-installation checks (installed files, references to shared libraries, script interpreters).</p></li> <li><p>“<span class="quote">If it works, it should work everywhere</span>” -— Like NetBSD has been ported to many hardware architectures, +— Like NetBSD has been ported to many hardware architectures, pkgsrc has been ported to many operating systems. Care is taken that packages behave the same on all platforms.</p></li> </ul></div> @@ -830,45 +838,53 @@ minutes!</p> <dd><dl> <dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#building-a-single-binary-package">6.1. Building a single binary package</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#settings-for-creationg-of-binary-packages">6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulkbuild">6.3. Doing a bulk build of all packages</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#binary.configuration">6.3.1. Configuration</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-environmental-considerations">6.3.2. Other environmental considerations</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#operation">6.3.3. Operation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#what-it-does">6.3.4. What it does</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#disk-space-requirements">6.3.5. Disk space requirements</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#setting-up-a-sandbox">6.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#building-a-partial-set">6.3.7. Building a partial set of packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk-upload">6.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">6.4. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">6.4.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#files">7. Directory layout of the installed files</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">7.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">7.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#faq">8. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">8.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">8.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">8.8. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">8.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">8.10. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#bulk">7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk +builds)</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pre">7.1. Think first, build later</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.req">7.2. Requirements of a bulk build</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.old">7.3. Running an old-style bulk build</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#binary.configuration">7.3.1. Configuration</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-environmental-considerations">7.3.2. Other environmental considerations</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#operation">7.3.3. Operation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#what-it-does">7.3.4. What it does</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#disk-space-requirements">7.3.5. Disk space requirements</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#setting-up-a-sandbox">7.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#building-a-partial-set">7.3.7. Building a partial set of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk-upload">7.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pbulk">7.4. Running a pbulk-style bulk build</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk.pbulk.conf">7.4.1. Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">7.5. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">7.5.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#files">8. Directory layout of the installed files</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">8.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">8.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#faq">9. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">9.8. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">9.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">9.10. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">8.11. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">8.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">8.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">8.14. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">8.15. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">8.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">8.17. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">9.11. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">9.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">9.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">9.14. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">9.15. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">9.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">9.17. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> @@ -2355,12 +2371,12 @@ works.</p> can be NFS-mounted while <code class="filename">${WRKOBJDIR}</code> is local to every architecture. (It should be noted that <code class="varname">PKGSRCDIR</code> should not be set by the user - — it is an internal definition which refers to the + — it is an internal definition which refers to the root of the pkgsrc tree. It is possible to have many pkgsrc tree instances.)</p></li> <li><p><code class="varname">LOCALPATCHES</code>: Directory for local patches that aren't part of pkgsrc. - See <a href="#components.patches" title="10.3. patches/*">Section 10.3, “patches/*”</a> for more + See <a href="#components.patches" title="11.3. patches/*">Section 11.3, “patches/*”</a> for more information.</p></li> <li><p><code class="varname">PKGMAKECONF</code>: Location of the <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> file used by a package's @@ -2593,19 +2609,6 @@ PKG_OPTIONS.apache= suexec </pre> <dl> <dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#building-a-single-binary-package">6.1. Building a single binary package</a></span></dt> <dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#settings-for-creationg-of-binary-packages">6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulkbuild">6.3. Doing a bulk build of all packages</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#binary.configuration">6.3.1. Configuration</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-environmental-considerations">6.3.2. Other environmental considerations</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#operation">6.3.3. Operation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#what-it-does">6.3.4. What it does</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#disk-space-requirements">6.3.5. Disk space requirements</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#setting-up-a-sandbox">6.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#building-a-partial-set">6.3.7. Building a partial set of packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk-upload">6.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">6.4. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">6.4.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> @@ -2631,34 +2634,113 @@ PKG_OPTIONS.apache= suexec </pre> <code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc/packages</code>, in the form of a gzipped tar file. See <a href="#logs.package" title="B.2. Packaging figlet">Section B.2, “Packaging figlet”</a> for a continuation of the above <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/misc/figlet/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">misc/figlet</code></a> example.</p> -<p>See <a href="#submit" title="Chapter 20. Submitting and Committing">Chapter 20, <i>Submitting and Committing</i></a> for information on how to submit +<p>See <a href="#submit" title="Chapter 21. Submitting and Committing">Chapter 21, <i>Submitting and Committing</i></a> for information on how to submit such a binary package.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> <a name="settings-for-creationg-of-binary-packages"></a>6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages</h2></div></div></div> -<p>See <a href="#build.helpful-targets" title="16.17. Other helpful targets">Section 16.17, “Other helpful targets”</a>.</p> +<p>See <a href="#build.helpful-targets" title="17.17. Other helpful targets">Section 17.17, “Other helpful targets”</a>.</p> +</div> </div> +<div class="chapter" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> +<a name="bulk"></a>Chapter 7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk +builds)</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="toc"> +<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> +<dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pre">7.1. Think first, build later</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.req">7.2. Requirements of a bulk build</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.old">7.3. Running an old-style bulk build</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#binary.configuration">7.3.1. Configuration</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-environmental-considerations">7.3.2. Other environmental considerations</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#operation">7.3.3. Operation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#what-it-does">7.3.4. What it does</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#disk-space-requirements">7.3.5. Disk space requirements</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#setting-up-a-sandbox">7.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#building-a-partial-set">7.3.7. Building a partial set of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk-upload">7.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pbulk">7.4. Running a pbulk-style bulk build</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk.pbulk.conf">7.4.1. Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">7.5. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">7.5.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +</dl> +</div> +<p>When you have multiple machines that should run the same packages, +it is wasted time if they all build their packages themselves from +source. There are two ways of getting a set of binary packages: The old +bulk build system, or the new (as of 2007) parallel bulk build (pbulk) +system. This chapter describes how to set them up so that the packages +are most likely to be usable later.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="bulkbuild"></a>6.3. Doing a bulk build of all packages</h2></div></div></div> -<p>If you want to get a full set of precompiled binary - packages, this section describes how to get them. Beware that - the bulk build will remove all currently installed packages from - your system!</p> -<p>Having an FTP server configured either on the - machine doing the bulk builds or on a nearby NFS server can help - to make the packages available to other machines that can then - save time by installing only the binary packages. See <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?ftpd+8+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ftpd</span>(8)</span></a> for - more information. If you use a remote NFS server's storage, be - sure to not actually compile on NFS storage, as this slows - things down a lot.</p> +<a name="bulk.pre"></a>7.1. Think first, build later</h2></div></div></div> +<p>Since a bulk build takes several days or even weeks to finish, you +should think about the setup before you start everything. Pay attention +to at least the following points:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> +<li> +<p>If you want to upload the binary packages to +ftp.NetBSD.org, make sure the setup complies to the requirements for binary +packages:</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"> +<li><p>To end up on ftp.NetBSD.org, the packages must be built +by a NetBSD developer on a trusted machine (that is, where you and only +you have root access).</p></li> +<li><p>Packages on ftp.NetBSD.org should only be created from +the stable branches (like 2007Q1), so that users browsing the available +collections can see at a glance how old the packages +are.</p></li> +<li><p>The packages must be built as root, since some packages +require set-uid binaries at runtime, and creating those packages as +unprivileged user doesn't work well at the moment.</p></li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li><p>Make sure that the bulk build cannot break anything in +your system. Most bulk builds run as root, so they should be run at least +in a chroot environment or something even more restrictive, depending on +what the operating system provides. There have been numerous cases where +certain packages tried to install files outside the +<code class="filename">LOCALBASE</code> or wanted to edit some files in +<code class="filename">/etc</code>. Furthermore, the bulk builds install and +deinstall packages in <code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code> (or whatever +<code class="filename">LOCALBASE</code> is) during their operation, so be sure +that you don't need any package during the build.</p></li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect1" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a name="bulk.req"></a>7.2. Requirements of a bulk build</h2></div></div></div> +<p>A complete bulk build requires lots of disk space. Some of the +disk space can be read-only, some other must be writable. Some can be on +remote filesystems (such as NFS) and some should be local. Some can be +temporary filesystems, others must survive a sudden reboot.</p> +<div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> +<li><p>10 GB for the distfiles (read-write, remote, temporary)</p></li> +<li><p>10 GB for the binary packages (read-write, remote, permanent)</p></li> +<li><p>400 MB for the pkgsrc tree (read-only, remote, permanent)</p></li> +<li><p>5 GB for <code class="filename">LOCALBASE</code> (read-write, local, temporary for pbulk, permanent for old-bulk)</p></li> +<li><p>5 GB for the log files (read-write, remote, permanent)</p></li> +<li><p>5 GB for temporary files (read-write, local, temporary)</p></li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect1" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a name="bulk.old"></a>7.3. Running an old-style bulk build</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> +<h3 class="title">Warning</h3> +<p>The rest of this section is rather old. Don't rely on it +too much.</p> +</div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="binary.configuration"></a>6.3.1. Configuration</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="binary.configuration"></a>7.3.1. Configuration</h3></div></div></div> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="binary.bulk.build.conf"></a>6.3.1.1. <code class="filename">build.conf</code> +<a name="binary.bulk.build.conf"></a>7.3.1.1. <code class="filename">build.conf</code> </h4></div></div></div> <p>The <code class="filename">build.conf</code> file is the main configuration file for bulk builds. You can configure how your @@ -2672,7 +2754,7 @@ PKG_OPTIONS.apache= suexec </pre> </div> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="binary.mk.conf"></a>6.3.1.2. <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> +<a name="binary.mk.conf"></a>7.3.1.2. <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> </h4></div></div></div> <p>You may want to set variables in <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>. Look at <code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/defaults/mk.conf</code> for @@ -2740,7 +2822,7 @@ _ACCEPTABLE= yes </div> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="pre-build.local"></a>6.3.1.3. <code class="filename">pre-build.local</code> +<a name="pre-build.local"></a>7.3.1.3. <code class="filename">pre-build.local</code> </h4></div></div></div> <p>It is possible to configure the bulk build to perform certain site-specific tasks at the end of the pre-build @@ -2758,7 +2840,7 @@ _ACCEPTABLE= yes </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="other-environmental-considerations"></a>6.3.2. Other environmental considerations</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="other-environmental-considerations"></a>7.3.2. Other environmental considerations</h3></div></div></div> <p>As <code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code> will be completely deleted at the start of bulk builds, make sure your login shell is placed somewhere else. Either drop it into @@ -2783,7 +2865,7 @@ fi </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="operation"></a>6.3.3. Operation</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="operation"></a>7.3.3. Operation</h3></div></div></div> <p>Make sure you don't need any of the packages still installed.</p> <div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"> @@ -2813,7 +2895,7 @@ fi </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="what-it-does"></a>6.3.4. What it does</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="what-it-does"></a>7.3.4. What it does</h3></div></div></div> <p>The bulk builds consist of three steps:</p> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term">1. pre-build</span></dt> @@ -2845,7 +2927,7 @@ fi </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="disk-space-requirements"></a>6.3.5. Disk space requirements</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="disk-space-requirements"></a>7.3.5. Disk space requirements</h3></div></div></div> <p>Currently, roughly the following requirements are valid for NetBSD 2.0/i386:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> @@ -2862,7 +2944,7 @@ fi </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="setting-up-a-sandbox"></a>6.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="setting-up-a-sandbox"></a>7.3.6. Setting up a sandbox for chrooted builds</h3></div></div></div> <p>If you don't want all the packages nuked from a machine (rendering it useless for anything but pkg compiling), there is the possibility of doing the package bulk build inside a @@ -2906,7 +2988,7 @@ fi </li> <li> <p><code class="filename">/usr/src</code> (system sources, - e. g. for <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/sysutils/aperture/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">sysutils/aperture</code></a>):</p> + e. g. for <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/sysutils/aperture/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">sysutils/aperture</code></a>):</p> <pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>ln -s ../disk1/cvs .</code></strong> <code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>ln -s cvs/src-2.0 src</code></strong></pre> </li> @@ -2932,7 +3014,7 @@ fi <code class="filename">/usr/sandbox/usr/pkgsrc/packages</code> and <code class="filename">.../distfiles</code> point somewhere appropriate. NFS- and/or nullfs-mounts may come in handy!</p></li> -<li><p>Edit <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>, see <a href="#binary.mk.conf" title="6.3.1.2. mk.conf">Section 6.3.1.2, “<code class="filename">mk.conf</code>”</a>.</p></li> +<li><p>Edit <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>, see <a href="#binary.mk.conf" title="7.3.1.2. mk.conf">Section 7.3.1.2, “<code class="filename">mk.conf</code>”</a>.</p></li> <li><p>Adjust <code class="filename">mk/bulk/build.conf</code> to suit your needs.</p></li> </ol></div> <p>When the chroot sandbox is set up, you can start @@ -2949,7 +3031,7 @@ fi </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="building-a-partial-set"></a>6.3.7. Building a partial set of packages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="building-a-partial-set"></a>7.3.7. Building a partial set of packages</h3></div></div></div> <p>In addition to building a complete set of all packages in pkgsrc, the <code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/bulk/build</code> script may be used to build a subset of the packages contained in @@ -2972,7 +3054,7 @@ fi </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="bulk-upload"></a>6.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="bulk-upload"></a>7.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build</h3></div></div></div> <p>This section describes how pkgsrc developers can upload binary pkgs built by bulk builds to ftp.NetBSD.org.</p> <p>If you would like to automatically create checksum files for the @@ -3048,7 +3130,17 @@ nbftp% <strong class="userinput"><code>chmod 755 .</code></strong> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="creating-cdroms"></a>6.4. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="bulk.pbulk"></a>7.4. Running a pbulk-style bulk build</h2></div></div></div> +<div class="sect2" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> +<a name="bulk.pbulk.conf"></a>7.4.1. Configuration</h3></div></div></div> +<p>TODO; see <a href="http://wiki.netbsd.se/index.php/pbulk-HOWTO" target="_top">the wiki</a> for +more information.</p> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1" lang="en"> +<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> +<a name="creating-cdroms"></a>7.5. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</h2></div></div></div> <p>After your pkgsrc bulk-build has completed, you may wish to create a CD-ROM set of the resulting binary packages to assist in installing packages on other machines. The @@ -3059,7 +3151,7 @@ nbftp% <strong class="userinput"><code>chmod 755 .</code></strong> CD as that package.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="cdpack-example"></a>6.4.1. Example of cdpack</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="cdpack-example"></a>7.5.1. Example of cdpack</h3></div></div></div> <p>Complete documentation for cdpack is found in the cdpack(1) man page. The following short example assumes that the binary packages are left in @@ -3094,12 +3186,12 @@ nbftp% <strong class="userinput"><code>chmod 755 .</code></strong> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="files"></a>Chapter 7. Directory layout of the installed files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="files"></a>Chapter 8. Directory layout of the installed files</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">7.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">7.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">8.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">8.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>The files that are installed by pkgsrc are organized in a way that @@ -3148,7 +3240,7 @@ itself.</p></li> </ul></div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="files.localbase"></a>7.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code> +<a name="files.localbase"></a>8.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code> </h2></div></div></div> <p>The following directories exist in a typical pkgsrc installation in <code class="filename">${LOCALBASE}</code>.</p> @@ -3214,7 +3306,7 @@ installation.</p></dd> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="files.varbase"></a>7.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code> +<a name="files.varbase"></a>8.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code> </h2></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">db/pkg</code> (the usual location of @@ -3235,28 +3327,28 @@ currently running.</p></dd> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="faq"></a>Chapter 8. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="faq"></a>Chapter 9. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">8.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">8.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">8.8. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">8.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">8.10. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">9.8. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">9.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">9.10. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">8.11. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">8.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">8.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">8.14. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">8.15. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">8.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">8.17. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">9.11. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">9.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">9.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">9.14. Automated security checks</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">9.15. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">9.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">9.17. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>This section contains hints, tips & tricks on special things in @@ -3264,7 +3356,7 @@ pkgsrc that we didn't find a better place for in the previous chapters, and it contains items for both pkgsrc users and developers.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="mailing-list-pointers"></a>8.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="mailing-list-pointers"></a>9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</h2></div></div></div> <p>The following mailing lists may be of interest to pkgsrc users:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> <li><p><a href="http://www.NetBSD.org/mailinglists/index.html#pkgsrc-users" target="_top">pkgsrc-users</a>: @@ -3295,14 +3387,14 @@ it contains items for both pkgsrc users and developers.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="pkgviews-docs"></a>8.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="pkgviews-docs"></a>9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</h2></div></div></div> <p>Pkgviews is tightly integrated with buildlink. You can find a pkgviews User's guide in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/buildlink3/PKGVIEWS_UG</code>.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="faq-pkgtools"></a>8.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="faq-pkgtools"></a>9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</h2></div></div></div> <p>The directory <code class="filename">pkgsrc/pkgtools</code> contains a number of useful utilities for both users and developers of pkgsrc. This section attempts only to make the reader aware of the utilities and when @@ -3379,7 +3471,7 @@ utilities)</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="non-root-pkgsrc"></a>8.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="non-root-pkgsrc"></a>9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</h2></div></div></div> <p>If you want to use pkgsrc as non-root user, you can set some variables to make pkgsrc work under these conditions. At the very least, you need to set <code class="varname">UNPRIVILEGED</code> to “<span class="quote">yes</span>”; this @@ -3400,7 +3492,7 @@ that allow finer tuning of the tree layout.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="resume-transfers"></a>8.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="resume-transfers"></a>9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</h2></div></div></div> <p>By default, resuming transfers in pkgsrc is disabled, but you can enable this feature by adding the option <code class="varname">PKG_RESUME_TRANSFERS=YES</code> into @@ -3424,7 +3516,7 @@ FETCH_OUTPUT_ARGS= -O </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="x.org-from-pkgsrc"></a>8.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="x.org-from-pkgsrc"></a>9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</h2></div></div></div> <p>If you want to use modular X.org from pkgsrc instead of your system's own X11 (<code class="filename">/usr/X11R6</code>, <code class="filename">/usr/openwin</code>, ...) you will have to add the following line into @@ -3440,7 +3532,7 @@ X11_TYPE=modular </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fetch-behind-firewall"></a>8.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fetch-behind-firewall"></a>9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</h2></div></div></div> <p>If you are sitting behind a firewall which does not allow direct connections to Internet hosts (i.e. non-NAT), you may specify the relevant proxy hosts. This is done using an environment variable in the @@ -3455,7 +3547,7 @@ http_proxy=http://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/ </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="passive-ftp"></a>8.8. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="passive-ftp"></a>9.8. How do I tell <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</h2></div></div></div> <p>This depends on which utility is used to retrieve distfiles. From <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code>, <code class="varname">FETCH_CMD</code> is assigned the first available command from the following list:</p> @@ -3475,7 +3567,7 @@ transfers.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fetching-all-distfiles"></a>8.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fetching-all-distfiles"></a>9.9. How to fetch all distfiles at once</h2></div></div></div> <p>You would like to download all the distfiles in a single batch from work or university, where you can't run a <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span>. There is an archive of distfiles on <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/packages/distfiles/" target="_top">ftp.NetBSD.org</a>, @@ -3507,7 +3599,7 @@ by running:</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="tmac.andoc-missing"></a>8.10. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make +<a name="tmac.andoc-missing"></a>9.10. What does “<span class="quote">Don't know how to make /usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>” mean?</h2></div></div></div> <p>When compiling the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_install/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_install</code></a> package, you get the error from make that it doesn't know how to make @@ -3521,7 +3613,7 @@ environment or in <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>.< </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="bsd.own.mk-missing"></a>8.11. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="bsd.own.mk-missing"></a>9.11. What does “<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>” mean?</h2></div></div></div> <p>You didn't install the compiler set, <code class="filename">comp.tgz</code>, when you installed your NetBSD machine. Please get and install it, by extracting it in <code class="filename">/</code>:</p> @@ -3533,7 +3625,7 @@ the one that corresponds to your release (determine via <span><strong class="com </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="using-sudo-with-pkgsrc"></a>8.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="using-sudo-with-pkgsrc"></a>9.12. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> <p>When installing packages as non-root user and using the just-in-time <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?su+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">su</span>(1)</span></a> feature of pkgsrc, it can become annoying to type in the root password for each required package installed. To avoid this, the sudo @@ -3551,7 +3643,7 @@ SU_CMD= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/sudo /bin/sh -c </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="faq.conf"></a>8.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="faq.conf"></a>9.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?</h2></div></div></div> <p>As the system administrator, you can choose where configuration files are installed. The default settings make all these files go into <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/etc</code> or some of its subdirectories; this may @@ -3573,7 +3665,7 @@ reinstall any affected packages.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="audit-packages"></a>8.14. Automated security checks</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="audit-packages"></a>9.14. Automated security checks</h2></div></div></div> <p>Please be aware that there can often be bugs in third-party software, and some of these bugs can leave a machine vulnerable to exploitation by attackers. In an effort to lessen the exposure, the NetBSD packages team @@ -3607,7 +3699,7 @@ check.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="ufaq-cflags"></a>8.15. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="ufaq-cflags"></a>9.15. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</h2></div></div></div> <p>When you add your own preferences to the <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code> variable in your <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>, these flags are passed in @@ -3629,7 +3721,7 @@ check.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="ufaq-fail"></a>8.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="ufaq-fail"></a>9.16. A package does not build. What shall I do?</h2></div></div></div> <div class="procedure"><ol type="1"> <li><p>Make sure that your copy of pkgsrc is consistent. A case that occurs often is that people only update pkgsrc in @@ -3650,7 +3742,7 @@ check.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="faq.rcs-conflicts"></a>8.17. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="faq.rcs-conflicts"></a>9.17. What does “<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>” mean?</h2></div></div></div> <p>You have modified a file from pkgsrc, and someone else has modified that same file afterwards in the CVS repository. Both changes are in the same region of the file, so when you updated pkgsrc, the @@ -3675,238 +3767,238 @@ anymore, you can remove that file and run <span><strong class="command">cvs -q u <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#creating">9. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#creating">10. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.common">9.1. Common types of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.common">10.1. Common types of packages</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.perl-module">9.1.1. Perl modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.kde-app">9.1.2. KDE applications</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.perl-module">10.1.1. Perl modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.kde-app">10.1.2. KDE applications</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.examples">9.2. Examples</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.nvu">9.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.examples">10.2. Examples</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.nvu">10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#components">10. Package components - files, directories and contents</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#components">11. Package components - files, directories and contents</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">10.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">10.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">11.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">11.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patch.structure">10.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.caveats">10.3.2. Creating patch files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.sources">10.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">10.3.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">10.3.5. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patch.structure">11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.caveats">11.3.2. Creating patch files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.sources">11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">11.3.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">11.3.5. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">10.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">10.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">11.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">11.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">10.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">11.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">10.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">10.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">11.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">11.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makefile">11. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makefile">12. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.style">11.1. Caveats</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">11.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">11.2.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">11.3. Code snippets</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.style">12.1. Caveats</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">12.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">12.2.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">12.3. Code snippets</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">11.3.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">11.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">11.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">11.3.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">11.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">12.3.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">12.3.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#plist">12. PLIST issues</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#plist">13. PLIST issues</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">12.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">12.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">12.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">12.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">12.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">12.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">13.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">13.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">13.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">13.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">13.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">13.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#buildlink">13. Buildlink methodology</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#buildlink">14. Buildlink methodology</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">13.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">14.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">13.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">14.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">13.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">14.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">13.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">14.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pkginstall">14. The pkginstall framework</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pkginstall">15. The pkginstall framework</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">14.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">14.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">15.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">15.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">14.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">15.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">14.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">14.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">15.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">15.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">14.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">14.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">14.5. System shells</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">14.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">14.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">15.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">15.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">15.5. System shells</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">15.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">15.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#options">15. Options handling</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#options">16. Options handling</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">15.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">15.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">15.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">16.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">16.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">16.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#build">16. The build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#build">17. The build process</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">16.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">16.2. Program location</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">16.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">16.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">16.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">17.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">17.2. Program location</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">17.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">17.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">17.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">16.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">17.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">16.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">16.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">16.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">16.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">16.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">16.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">16.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">16.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">16.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">16.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">16.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">16.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tools">17. Tools needed for building or running</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">17.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">17.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tools.questions">17.4. Questions regarding the tools</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#fixes">18. Making your package work</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">18.1. General operation</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">18.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">18.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">18.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">18.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">18.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">18.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">18.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">18.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">18.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">18.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">18.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">18.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">18.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">18.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">18.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">18.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">18.6.3. Installing highscore files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#destdir-support">18.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">18.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">18.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">18.6.7. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">18.6.8. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">18.6.9. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">18.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">18.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">18.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">18.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">18.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">18.6.15. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">18.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">18.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">18.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">17.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">17.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">17.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">17.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">17.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">17.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">17.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">17.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">17.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">17.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">17.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">17.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tools">18. Tools needed for building or running</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">18.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">18.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tools.questions">18.4. Questions regarding the tools</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#fixes">19. Making your package work</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">19.1. General operation</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">19.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">19.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">19.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">19.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">19.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">19.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">19.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">19.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">19.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">19.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">19.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">19.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">19.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">19.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">19.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">19.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">19.6.3. Installing highscore files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#destdir-support">19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">19.6.7. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">19.6.8. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">19.6.9. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">19.6.15. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">18.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">18.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">18.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">19.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#debug">19. Debugging</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#submit">20. Submitting and Committing</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#debug">20. Debugging</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#submit">21. Submitting and Committing</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">20.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">20.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">21.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">21.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">21.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">21.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#devfaq">21. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gnome">22. GNOME packaging and porting</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#devfaq">22. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gnome">23. GNOME packaging and porting</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">22.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">22.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">22.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">23.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">23.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">23.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="creating"></a>Chapter 9. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="creating"></a>Chapter 10. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.common">9.1. Common types of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.common">10.1. Common types of packages</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.perl-module">9.1.1. Perl modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.kde-app">9.1.2. KDE applications</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.perl-module">10.1.1. Perl modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.kde-app">10.1.2. KDE applications</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.examples">9.2. Examples</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.nvu">9.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.examples">10.2. Examples</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.nvu">10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl> </div> <p>When you find a package that is not yet in pkgsrc, you @@ -3963,7 +4055,7 @@ know what pkglint's warnings want to tell you, try <span><strong class="command" -e</strong></span>, which outputs additional explanations.</p></li> <li><p>In many cases the package is not yet ready to build. You can -find instructions for the most common cases in the next section, <a href="#creating.common" title="9.1. Common types of packages">Section 9.1, “Common types of packages”</a>. After you have followed the instructions +find instructions for the most common cases in the next section, <a href="#creating.common" title="10.1. Common types of packages">Section 10.1, “Common types of packages”</a>. After you have followed the instructions over there, you can hopefully continue here.</p></li> <li><p>Run <span><strong class="command">bmake clean</strong></span> to clean the working directory from the extracted files. Besides these files, a lot of cache @@ -3971,7 +4063,7 @@ files and other system information has been saved in the working directory, which may become wrong after you edited the <code class="filename">Makefile</code>.</p></li> <li><p>Now, run <span><strong class="command">bmake</strong></span> to build the package. For -the various things that can go wrong in this phase, consult <a href="#fixes" title="Chapter 18. Making your package work">Chapter 18, <i>Making your package work</i></a>.</p></li> +the various things that can go wrong in this phase, consult <a href="#fixes" title="Chapter 19. Making your package work">Chapter 19, <i>Making your package work</i></a>.</p></li> <li><p>When the package builds fine, the next step is to install the package. Run <span><strong class="command">bmake install</strong></span> and hope that everything works.</p></li> @@ -3994,16 +4086,16 @@ package from the set of installed files.</p></li> </ol></div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="creating.common"></a>9.1. Common types of packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="creating.common"></a>10.1. Common types of packages</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="creating.perl-module"></a>9.1.1. Perl modules</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="creating.perl-module"></a>10.1.1. Perl modules</h3></div></div></div> <p>Simple Perl modules are handled automatically by <span><strong class="command">url2pkg</strong></span>, including dependencies.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="creating.kde-app"></a>9.1.2. KDE applications</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="creating.kde-app"></a>10.1.2. KDE applications</h3></div></div></div> <p>KDE applications should always include <code class="filename">meta-pkgs/kde3/kde3.mk</code>, which contains numerous settings that are typical of KDE packages.</p> @@ -4011,13 +4103,13 @@ settings that are typical of KDE packages.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="creating.examples"></a>9.2. Examples</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="creating.examples"></a>10.2. Examples</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="creating.nvu"></a>9.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="creating.nvu"></a>10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</h3></div></div></div> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="creating.nvu.init"></a>9.2.1.1. The initial package</h4></div></div></div> +<a name="creating.nvu.init"></a>10.2.1.1. The initial package</h4></div></div></div> <p>Looking at the file <code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/TODO</code>, I saw that the “<span class="quote">nvu</span>” package has not yet been imported into pkgsrc. As the description says it has to do with the web, the obvious @@ -4080,7 +4172,7 @@ Good luck! (See pkgsrc/doc/pkgsrc.txt for some more help :-) </div> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="creating.nvu.problems"></a>9.2.1.2. Fixing all kinds of problems to make the package work</h4></div></div></div> +<a name="creating.nvu.problems"></a>10.2.1.2. Fixing all kinds of problems to make the package work</h4></div></div></div> <p>Now that the package has been extracted, let's see what's inside it. The package has a <code class="filename">README.txt</code>, but that only says something about mozilla, so it's probably useless for seeing what @@ -4216,7 +4308,7 @@ everything worked.</p> </div> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="creating.nvu.inst"></a>9.2.1.3. Installing the package</h4></div></div></div> +<a name="creating.nvu.inst"></a>10.2.1.3. Installing the package</h4></div></div></div> <pre class="programlisting"> <code class="prompt">$</code> bmake CHECK_FILES=no install [...] @@ -4230,29 +4322,29 @@ everything worked.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="components"></a>Chapter 10. Package components - files, directories and contents</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="components"></a>Chapter 11. Package components - files, directories and contents</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">10.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">10.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">11.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">11.3. patches/*</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patch.structure">10.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.caveats">10.3.2. Creating patch files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.sources">10.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">10.3.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">10.3.5. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patch.structure">11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.caveats">11.3.2. Creating patch files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.sources">11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">11.3.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">11.3.5. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">10.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">10.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">11.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">11.5. Optional files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">10.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">11.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">10.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">10.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">11.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">11.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>Whenever you're preparing a package, there are a number of @@ -4260,7 +4352,7 @@ files involved which are described in the following sections.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="components.Makefile"></a>10.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> +<a name="components.Makefile"></a>11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> </h2></div></div></div> <p>Building, installation and creation of a binary package are all controlled by the package's <code class="filename">Makefile</code>. @@ -4317,7 +4409,7 @@ converters games mbone print x11 <code class="varname">DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES</code>, <code class="varname">DIST_SUBDIR</code>, <code class="varname">EXTRACT_SUFX</code> and <code class="varname">DISTFILES</code> are discussed in detail in - <a href="#build.fetch" title="16.5. The fetch phase">Section 16.5, “The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase”</a>.</p></li> + <a href="#build.fetch" title="17.5. The fetch phase">Section 17.5, “The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase”</a>.</p></li> </ul></div> <p>The second section contains information about separately downloaded patches, if any. @@ -4394,12 +4486,12 @@ converters games mbone print x11 <li><p>Replace <code class="filename">/usr/local</code> with “<span class="quote">${PREFIX}</span>” in all files (see patches, below).</p></li> -<li><p>If the package installs any info files, see <a href="#faq.info-files" title="18.6.7. Packages installing info files">Section 18.6.7, “Packages installing info files”</a>.</p></li> +<li><p>If the package installs any info files, see <a href="#faq.info-files" title="19.6.7. Packages installing info files">Section 19.6.7, “Packages installing info files”</a>.</p></li> </ul></div> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="components.distinfo"></a>10.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code> +<a name="components.distinfo"></a>11.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code> </h2></div></div></div> <p>The <code class="filename">distinfo</code> file contains the message digest, or checksum, of each distfile needed for the package. This @@ -4410,7 +4502,7 @@ converters games mbone print x11 message digests, as well as the file size.</p> <p>The <code class="filename">distinfo</code> file also contains the checksums for all the patches found in the - <code class="filename">patches</code> directory (see <a href="#components.patches" title="10.3. patches/*">Section 10.3, “patches/*”</a>).</p> + <code class="filename">patches</code> directory (see <a href="#components.patches" title="11.3. patches/*">Section 11.3, “patches/*”</a>).</p> <p>To regenerate the <code class="filename">distinfo</code> file, use the <span><strong class="command">make makedistinfo</strong></span> or <span><strong class="command">make mdi</strong></span> command.</p> @@ -4422,7 +4514,7 @@ converters games mbone print x11 </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="components.patches"></a>10.3. patches/*</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="components.patches"></a>11.3. patches/*</h2></div></div></div> <p>Many packages still don't work out-of-the box on the various platforms that are supported by pkgsrc. Therefore, a number of custom patch files are needed to make the package work. These patch files are @@ -4434,7 +4526,7 @@ converters games mbone print x11 <code class="filename">patch-ab</code>, etc.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.patch.structure"></a>10.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.patch.structure"></a>11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</h3></div></div></div> <p>The <code class="filename">patch-*</code> files should be in <span><strong class="command">diff -bu</strong></span> format, and apply without a fuzz to avoid problems. (To force patches to apply with fuzz you can set @@ -4466,7 +4558,7 @@ converters games mbone print x11 </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.patches.caveats"></a>10.3.2. Creating patch files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.patches.caveats"></a>11.3.2. Creating patch files</h3></div></div></div> <p>One important thing to mention is to pay attention that no RCS IDs get stored in the patch files, as these will cause problems when later checked into the NetBSD CVS tree. Use the @@ -4485,7 +4577,7 @@ converters games mbone print x11 directory to <code class="filename">patches/</code>.</p> <p>When you have finished a package, remember to generate the checksums for the patch files by using the <span><strong class="command">make - makepatchsum</strong></span> command, see <a href="#components.distinfo" title="10.2. distinfo">Section 10.2, “<code class="filename">distinfo</code>”</a>.</p> + makepatchsum</strong></span> command, see <a href="#components.distinfo" title="11.2. distinfo">Section 11.2, “<code class="filename">distinfo</code>”</a>.</p> <p>When adding a patch that corrects a problem in the distfile (rather than e.g. enforcing pkgsrc's view of where man pages should go), send the patch as a bug report to the @@ -4497,7 +4589,7 @@ converters games mbone print x11 </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.patches.sources"></a>10.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.patches.sources"></a>11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</h3></div></div></div> <p>If you want to share patches between multiple packages in pkgsrc, e.g. because they use the same distfiles, set <code class="varname">PATCHDIR</code> to the path where the patch files @@ -4524,7 +4616,7 @@ PATCHDIR= ${.CURDIR}/../xemacs/patches </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.patches.guidelines"></a>10.3.4. Patching guidelines</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.patches.guidelines"></a>11.3.4. Patching guidelines</h3></div></div></div> <p>When fixing a portability issue in the code do not use preprocessor magic to check for the current operating system nor platform. Doing so hurts portability to other platforms because @@ -4534,7 +4626,7 @@ PATCHDIR= ${.CURDIR}/../xemacs/patches specific <span class="emphasis"><em>features</em></span> you need. For example, instead of assuming that kqueue is available under NetBSD and using the <code class="varname">__NetBSD__</code> macro to conditionalize - kqueue support, add a check that detects kqueue itself — + kqueue support, add a check that detects kqueue itself — yes, this generally involves patching the <span><strong class="command">configure</strong></span> script. There is absolutely nothing that prevents some OSes from adopting interfaces from other OSes @@ -4548,7 +4640,7 @@ PATCHDIR= ${.CURDIR}/../xemacs/patches <span class="emphasis"><em>It doesn't work unless it is right!</em></span></p> <p>Some typical examples:</p> <div class="table"> -<a name="patch-examples"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.1. Patching examples</b></p> +<a name="patch-examples"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.1. Patching examples</b></p> <div class="table-contents"><table summary="Patching examples" border="1"> <colgroup> <col> @@ -4638,7 +4730,7 @@ monitor_file(...) </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.patches.feedback"></a>10.3.5. Feedback to the author</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.patches.feedback"></a>11.3.5. Feedback to the author</h3></div></div></div> <p>Always, always, <span class="strong"><strong>always</strong></span> feed back any <span class="emphasis"><em>portability fixes</em></span> or improvements you do to a package to the mainstream developers. @@ -4659,7 +4751,7 @@ monitor_file(...) </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="other-mandatory-files"></a>10.4. Other mandatory files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="other-mandatory-files"></a>11.4. Other mandatory files</h2></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">DESCR</code></span></dt> <dd><p>A multi-line description of the piece of software. This should include @@ -4671,16 +4763,16 @@ monitor_file(...) system: all the binaries, manual pages, etc. There are other directives which may be entered in this file, to control the creation and deletion of directories, and the location of - inserted files. See <a href="#plist" title="Chapter 12. PLIST issues">Chapter 12, <i>PLIST issues</i></a> for more + inserted files. See <a href="#plist" title="Chapter 13. PLIST issues">Chapter 13, <i>PLIST issues</i></a> for more information.</p></dd> </dl></div> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="components.optional"></a>10.5. Optional files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="components.optional"></a>11.5. Optional files</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.optional.bin"></a>10.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.optional.bin"></a>11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</h3></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">INSTALL</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This shell script is invoked twice by <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a>. @@ -4689,7 +4781,7 @@ monitor_file(...) are moved in place. This can be used to do any custom procedures not possible with @exec commands in <code class="filename">PLIST</code>. See <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a> and - <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_create+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_create</span>(1)</span></a> for more information. See also <a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix" title="14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix">Section 14.1, “Files and directories outside the installation prefix”</a>.</p></dd> + <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_create+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_create</span>(1)</span></a> for more information. See also <a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix" title="15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix">Section 15.1, “Files and directories outside the installation prefix”</a>.</p></dd> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">DEINSTALL</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This script is executed before and after any files are removed. It is this script's responsibility to clean up any additional messy details @@ -4730,7 +4822,7 @@ MESSAGE_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.optional.build"></a>10.5.2. Files affecting the build process</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.optional.build"></a>11.5.2. Files affecting the build process</h3></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">Makefile.common</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This file contains arbitrary things that could @@ -4742,7 +4834,7 @@ MESSAGE_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" describes what it does.</p></dd> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This file contains the dependency information - for the buildlink3 framework (see <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 13. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 13, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a>).</p></dd> + for the buildlink3 framework (see <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 14. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 14, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a>).</p></dd> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">hacks.mk</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This file contains workarounds for compiler bugs and similar things. It is included automatically by the pkgsrc @@ -4751,7 +4843,7 @@ MESSAGE_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" it.</p></dd> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">options.mk</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This file contains the code for the - package-specific options (see <a href="#options" title="Chapter 15. Options handling">Chapter 15, <i>Options handling</i></a>) that can be + package-specific options (see <a href="#options" title="Chapter 16. Options handling">Chapter 16, <i>Options handling</i></a>) that can be selected by the user. If a package has only one or two options, it is equally acceptable to put the code directly into the <code class="filename">Makefile</code>.</p></dd> @@ -4759,7 +4851,7 @@ MESSAGE_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="components.optional.none"></a>10.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="components.optional.none"></a>11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</h3></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">README*</code></span></dt> <dd><p>These files do not take place in the creation of @@ -4774,7 +4866,7 @@ MESSAGE_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="work-dir"></a>10.6. <code class="filename">work*</code> +<a name="work-dir"></a>11.6. <code class="filename">work*</code> </h2></div></div></div> <p>When you type <span><strong class="command">make</strong></span>, the distribution files are unpacked into the directory denoted by @@ -4788,7 +4880,7 @@ MESSAGE_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="files-dir"></a>10.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code> +<a name="files-dir"></a>11.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code> </h2></div></div></div> <p>If you have any files that you wish to be placed in the package prior to configuration or building, you could place these files here and use @@ -4808,20 +4900,20 @@ FILESDIR=${.CURDIR}/../xemacs/files </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="makefile"></a>Chapter 11. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="makefile"></a>Chapter 12. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.style">11.1. Caveats</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">11.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">11.2.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">11.3. Code snippets</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.style">12.1. Caveats</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">12.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">12.2.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">12.3. Code snippets</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">11.3.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">11.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">11.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">11.3.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">11.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">12.3.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">12.3.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> @@ -4841,7 +4933,7 @@ FILESDIR=${.CURDIR}/../xemacs/files with them.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="makefile.style"></a>11.1. Caveats</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="makefile.style"></a>12.1. Caveats</h2></div></div></div> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li> <p>When you are creating a file as a target of a rule, always write the data to a temporary file first @@ -4874,7 +4966,7 @@ correct: </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="makefile.variables"></a>11.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="makefile.variables"></a>12.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</h2></div></div></div> <p><code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables contain strings that can be processed using the five operators ``='', ``+='', ``?='', ``:='', and ``!='', which are described in the <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> man @@ -4905,7 +4997,7 @@ correct: operate on the words, others operate on the string as a whole. When a string is split into words, it is split as you would expect it from <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?sh+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">sh</span>(1)</span></a>.</p> -<p>No rule without exception—the <span><strong class="command">.for</strong></span> +<p>No rule without exception—the <span><strong class="command">.for</strong></span> loop does not follow the shell quoting rules but splits at sequences of whitespace.</p> <p>There are several types of variables that should be handled @@ -4932,7 +5024,7 @@ correct: </ul></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="makefile.variables.names"></a>11.2.1. Naming conventions</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="makefile.variables.names"></a>12.2.1. Naming conventions</h3></div></div></div> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> <li><p>All variable names starting with an underscore are reserved for use by the pkgsrc infrastructure. They shall @@ -4949,13 +5041,13 @@ correct: </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="makefile.code"></a>11.3. Code snippets</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="makefile.code"></a>12.3. Code snippets</h2></div></div></div> <p>This section presents you with some code snippets you should use in your own code. If you don't find anything appropriate here, you should test your code and add it here.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="adding-to-list"></a>11.3.1. Adding things to a list</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="adding-to-list"></a>12.3.1. Adding things to a list</h3></div></div></div> <pre class="programlisting"> STRING= foo * bar `date` INT_LIST= # empty @@ -4976,7 +5068,7 @@ EXT_LIST+= ${ANOTHER_EXT_LIST} # 4 </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="converting-internal-to-external"></a>11.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="converting-internal-to-external"></a>12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</h3></div></div></div> <pre class="programlisting"> EXT_LIST= # empty .for i in ${INT_LIST} @@ -4991,7 +5083,7 @@ EXT_LIST+= ${i:Q}"" </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="passing-variable-to-shell"></a>11.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="passing-variable-to-shell"></a>12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</h3></div></div></div> <p>Sometimes you may want to print an arbitrary string. There are many ways to get it wrong and only few that can handle every nastiness.</p> @@ -5035,7 +5127,7 @@ all: </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="quoting-guideline"></a>11.3.4. Quoting guideline</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="quoting-guideline"></a>12.3.4. Quoting guideline</h3></div></div></div> <p>There are many possible sources of wrongly quoted variables. This section lists some of the commonly known ones.</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> @@ -5118,7 +5210,7 @@ for_test: </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="bsd-make-bug-workaround"></a>11.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="bsd-make-bug-workaround"></a>12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</h3></div></div></div> <p>The pkgsrc bmake program does not handle the following assignment correctly. In case <code class="varname">_othervar_</code> contains a ``-'' character, one of the closing braces is included @@ -5134,18 +5226,18 @@ VAR:= ${VAR:N${_othervar_:C/-//}} </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="plist"></a>Chapter 12. PLIST issues</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="plist"></a>Chapter 13. PLIST issues</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">12.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">12.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">12.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">12.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">12.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">12.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">13.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">13.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">13.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">13.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">13.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">13.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>The <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file contains a package's @@ -5158,7 +5250,7 @@ VAR:= ${VAR:N${_othervar_:C/-//}} below!).</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="rcs-id"></a>12.1. RCS ID</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="rcs-id"></a>13.1. RCS ID</h2></div></div></div> <p>Be sure to add a RCS ID line as the first thing in any <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file you write:</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -5167,18 +5259,18 @@ VAR:= ${VAR:N${_othervar_:C/-//}} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="automatic-plist-generation"></a>12.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="automatic-plist-generation"></a>13.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</h2></div></div></div> <p>You can use the <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span> command to output a PLIST that matches any new files since the package - was extracted. See <a href="#build.helpful-targets" title="16.17. Other helpful targets">Section 16.17, “Other helpful targets”</a> for + was extracted. See <a href="#build.helpful-targets" title="17.17. Other helpful targets">Section 17.17, “Other helpful targets”</a> for more information on this target.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="print-PLIST"></a>12.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span> +<a name="print-PLIST"></a>13.3. Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span> </h2></div></div></div> <p>If you have used any of the *-dirs packages, as explained in - <a href="#faq.common-dirs" title="12.8. Sharing directories between packages">Section 12.8, “Sharing directories between packages”</a>, you may have noticed that + <a href="#faq.common-dirs" title="13.8. Sharing directories between packages">Section 13.8, “Sharing directories between packages”</a>, you may have noticed that <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span> outputs a set of <code class="varname">@comment</code>s instead of real <code class="varname">@dirrm</code> lines. You can also do this for @@ -5204,7 +5296,7 @@ PRINT_PLIST_AWK+= /^@dirrm share\/specific/ { print "@comment " $$0; next; </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="plist.misc"></a>12.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="plist.misc"></a>13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</h2></div></div></div> <p>A number of variables are substituted automatically in PLISTs when a package is installed on a system. This includes the following variables:</p> @@ -5249,7 +5341,7 @@ PRINT_PLIST_AWK+= /^@dirrm share\/specific/ { print "@comment " $$0; next; search for <code class="varname">PLIST_SUBST</code>).</p> <p>If you want to change other variables not listed above, you can add variables and their expansions to this variable in the - following way, similar to <code class="varname">MESSAGE_SUBST</code> (see <a href="#components.optional" title="10.5. Optional files">Section 10.5, “Optional files”</a>):</p> + following way, similar to <code class="varname">MESSAGE_SUBST</code> (see <a href="#components.optional" title="11.5. Optional files">Section 11.5, “Optional files”</a>):</p> <pre class="programlisting"> PLIST_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" </pre> @@ -5259,7 +5351,7 @@ PLIST_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="manpage-compression"></a>12.5. Man page compression</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="manpage-compression"></a>13.5. Man page compression</h2></div></div></div> <p>Man pages should be installed in compressed form if <code class="varname">MANZ</code> is set (in <code class="filename">bsd.own.mk</code>), and uncompressed otherwise. To handle this in the @@ -5272,7 +5364,7 @@ PLIST_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="using-PLIST_SRC"></a>12.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code> +<a name="using-PLIST_SRC"></a>13.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code> </h2></div></div></div> <p>To use one or more files as source for the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> used in generating the binary package, set the variable @@ -5283,7 +5375,7 @@ PLIST_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="platform-specific-plist"></a>12.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="platform-specific-plist"></a>13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</h2></div></div></div> <p>Some packages decide to install a different set of files based on the operating system being used. These differences can be automatically handled by using the following files:</p> @@ -5297,7 +5389,7 @@ PLIST_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue" </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="faq.common-dirs"></a>12.8. Sharing directories between packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="faq.common-dirs"></a>13.8. Sharing directories between packages</h2></div></div></div> <p>A “<span class="quote">shared directory</span>” is a directory where multiple (and unrelated) packages install files. These directories are problematic because you have to add special tricks @@ -5352,20 +5444,20 @@ USE_DIRS+= xdg-1.1 </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="buildlink"></a>Chapter 13. Buildlink methodology</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="buildlink"></a>Chapter 14. Buildlink methodology</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">13.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">14.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">13.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">14.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">13.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">14.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">13.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">14.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> @@ -5393,7 +5485,7 @@ USE_DIRS+= xdg-1.1 software.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="converting-to-buildlink3"></a>13.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="converting-to-buildlink3"></a>14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</h2></div></div></div> <p>The process of converting packages to use the buildlink3 framework (“<span class="quote">bl3ifying</span>”) is fairly straightforward. The things to keep in mind are:</p> @@ -5470,7 +5562,7 @@ BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.foo+= foo>=1.1.0 </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="creating-buildlink3.mk"></a>13.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="creating-buildlink3.mk"></a>14.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</h2></div></div></div> <p>A package's <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file is included by Makefiles to indicate the need to compile and link against header files and libraries provided by the package. A @@ -5490,7 +5582,7 @@ BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.foo+= foo>=1.1.0 </pre> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="anatomy-of-bl3"></a>13.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="anatomy-of-bl3"></a>14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</h3></div></div></div> <p>The following real-life example <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> is taken from <code class="filename">pkgsrc/graphics/tiff</code>:</p> @@ -5627,7 +5719,7 @@ BUILDLINK_DEPTH:= ${BUILDLINK_DEPTH:S/+$//} </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="updating-buildlink-depends"></a>13.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="updating-buildlink-depends"></a>14.2.2. Updating <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</h3></div></div></div> <p>The situation that requires increasing the dependency listed in <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> after a package update is when the API or interface to the @@ -5650,7 +5742,7 @@ BUILDLINK_DEPTH:= ${BUILDLINK_DEPTH:S/+$//} packages made using it will require the correct package dependency and not settle for an older one which will not contain the necessary shared libraries.</p> -<p>See <a href="#dependencies" title="18.1.6. Handling dependencies">Section 18.1.6, “Handling dependencies”</a> for +<p>See <a href="#dependencies" title="19.1.6. Handling dependencies">Section 19.1.6, “Handling dependencies”</a> for more information about dependencies on other packages, including the <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS</code> and <code class="varname">ABI_DEPENDS</code> definitions.</p> @@ -5669,7 +5761,7 @@ BUILDLINK_DEPTH:= ${BUILDLINK_DEPTH:S/+$//} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="writing-builtin.mk"></a>13.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="writing-builtin.mk"></a>14.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</h2></div></div></div> <p>Some packages in pkgsrc install headers and libraries that coincide with headers and libraries present in the base system. Aside from a <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file, these @@ -5694,7 +5786,7 @@ BUILDLINK_DEPTH:= ${BUILDLINK_DEPTH:S/+$//} </ol></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="anatomy-of-builtin.mk"></a>13.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="anatomy-of-builtin.mk"></a>14.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</h3></div></div></div> <p>The following is the recommended template for builtin.mk files:</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -5781,7 +5873,7 @@ CHECK_BUILTIN.foo?= no </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="native-or-pkgsrc-preference"></a>13.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="native-or-pkgsrc-preference"></a>14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</h3></div></div></div> <p>When building packages, it's possible to choose whether to set a global preference for using either the built-in (native) version or the pkgsrc version of software to satisfy a @@ -5814,29 +5906,29 @@ PREFER_NATIVE= getopt skey tcp_wrappers </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="pkginstall"></a>Chapter 14. The pkginstall framework</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="pkginstall"></a>Chapter 15. The pkginstall framework</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">14.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">14.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">15.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">15.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">14.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">15.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">14.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">14.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">15.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">15.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">14.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">14.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">14.5. System shells</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">14.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">14.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">15.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">15.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">15.5. System shells</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">15.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">15.6. Fonts</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd> </dl> </div> <p>This chapter describes the framework known as @@ -5862,7 +5954,7 @@ described above is by means of the installation scripts, which are automatically generated by pkginstall.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="files-and-dirs-outside-prefix"></a>14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="files-and-dirs-outside-prefix"></a>15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</h2></div></div></div> <p>As you already know, the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file holds a list of files and directories that belong to a package. The names used in it are relative to the installation prefix (<code class="filename">${PREFIX}</code>), @@ -5895,7 +5987,7 @@ and directories based on variables set in the package's these variables.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="dirs-outside-prefix"></a>14.1.1. Directory manipulation</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="dirs-outside-prefix"></a>15.1.1. Directory manipulation</h3></div></div></div> <p>The following variables can be set to request the creation of directories anywhere in the file system:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> @@ -5922,7 +6014,7 @@ MAKE_DIRS_PERMS+= ${VARBASE}/foo/private ${ROOT_USER} ${ROOT_GROUP} 0700 </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="files-outside-prefix"></a>14.1.2. File manipulation</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="files-outside-prefix"></a>15.1.2. File manipulation</h3></div></div></div> <p>Creating non-empty files outside the installation prefix is tricky because the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> forces all files to be inside it. To overcome this problem, the only solution is to extract the file in the @@ -5962,7 +6054,7 @@ SUPPORT_FILES_PERMS+= ${PREFIX}/share/somefile ${VARBASE}/somefile ${ROOT_USER} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="conf-files"></a>14.2. Configuration files</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="conf-files"></a>15.2. Configuration files</h2></div></div></div> <p>Configuration files are special in the sense that they are installed in their own specific directory, <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code>, and need special treatment during installation (most of which is automated by @@ -5974,7 +6066,7 @@ be removed if they have local modifications. This ensures that administrators never lose any custom changes they may have made.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="conf-files-sysconfdir"></a>14.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="conf-files-sysconfdir"></a>15.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</h3></div></div></div> <p>As said before, the <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> variable specifies where configuration files shall be installed. Its contents are set based upon the following variables:</p> @@ -6022,11 +6114,11 @@ following:</p> <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}</code>.</p></li> </ol></div> <p>It is worth mentioning that <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code> is -automatically added to <code class="filename">OWN_DIRS</code>. See <a href="#dirs-outside-prefix" title="14.1.1. Directory manipulation">Section 14.1.1, “Directory manipulation”</a> what this means.</p> +automatically added to <code class="filename">OWN_DIRS</code>. See <a href="#dirs-outside-prefix" title="15.1.1. Directory manipulation">Section 15.1.1, “Directory manipulation”</a> what this means.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="conf-files-configure"></a>14.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="conf-files-configure"></a>15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</h3></div></div></div> <p>Given that pkgsrc (and users!) expect configuration files to be in a known place, you need to teach each package where it shall install its files. In some cases you will have to patch the package Makefiles to @@ -6043,7 +6135,7 @@ unfortunately).</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="conf-files-patching"></a>14.2.3. Patching installations</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="conf-files-patching"></a>15.2.3. Patching installations</h3></div></div></div> <p>As said before, pkginstall automatically handles configuration files. This means that <span class="strong"><strong>the packages themselves must not touch the contents of <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code> @@ -6060,7 +6152,7 @@ examples hierarchy), the pkginstall framework can use them as master copies during the package installation to update what is in <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code>. To achieve this, the variables <code class="varname">CONF_FILES</code> and <code class="varname">CONF_FILES_PERMS</code> are -used. Check out <a href="#files-outside-prefix" title="14.1.2. File manipulation">Section 14.1.2, “File manipulation”</a> for information +used. Check out <a href="#files-outside-prefix" title="15.1.2. File manipulation">Section 15.1.2, “File manipulation”</a> for information about their syntax and their purpose. Here is an example, taken from the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/mail/mutt/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">mail/mutt</code></a> package:</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -6072,7 +6164,7 @@ package and has no meaning outside it.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="conf-files-disable"></a>14.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="conf-files-disable"></a>15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</h3></div></div></div> <p>The automatic copying of config files can be toggled by setting the environment variable <code class="varname">PKG_CONFIG</code> prior to package installation.</p> @@ -6080,10 +6172,10 @@ installation.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="rcd-scripts"></a>14.3. System startup scripts</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="rcd-scripts"></a>15.3. System startup scripts</h2></div></div></div> <p>System startup scripts are special files because they must be installed in a place known by the underlying OS, usually outside the -installation prefix. Therefore, the same rules described in <a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix" title="14.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix">Section 14.1, “Files and directories outside the installation prefix”</a> apply, and the same solutions +installation prefix. Therefore, the same rules described in <a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix" title="15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix">Section 15.1, “Files and directories outside the installation prefix”</a> apply, and the same solutions can be used. However, pkginstall provides a special mechanism to handle these files.</p> <p>In order to provide system startup scripts, the package has @@ -6118,7 +6210,7 @@ script in an automated fashion:</p> </ol></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="rcd-scripts-disable"></a>14.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="rcd-scripts-disable"></a>15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</h3></div></div></div> <p>The automatic copying of config files can be toggled by setting the environment variable <code class="varname">PKG_RCD_SCRIPTS</code> prior to package installation. Note that the scripts will be always copied inside the @@ -6128,7 +6220,7 @@ matter what the value of this variable is.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="users-and-groups"></a>14.4. System users and groups</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="users-and-groups"></a>15.4. System users and groups</h2></div></div></div> <p>If a package needs to create special users and/or groups during installation, it can do so by using the pkginstall framework.</p> <p>Users can be created by adding entries to the @@ -6165,7 +6257,7 @@ are automatically hardcoded into the final installation scripts.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="shells"></a>14.5. System shells</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="shells"></a>15.5. System shells</h2></div></div></div> <p>Packages that install system shells should register them in the shell database, <code class="filename">/etc/shells</code>, to make things easier to the administrator. This must be done from the installation scripts to keep @@ -6180,7 +6272,7 @@ PKG_SHELL= ${PREFIX}/bin/zsh </pre> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="shells-disable"></a>14.5.1. Disabling shell registration</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="shells-disable"></a>15.5.1. Disabling shell registration</h3></div></div></div> <p>The automatic registration of shell interpreters can be disabled by the administrator by setting the <code class="filename">PKG_REGISTER_SHELLS</code> environment variable to <code class="literal">NO</code>.</p> @@ -6188,7 +6280,7 @@ environment variable to <code class="literal">NO</code>.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fonts"></a>14.6. Fonts</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fonts"></a>15.6. Fonts</h2></div></div></div> <p>Packages that install X11 fonts should update the database files that index the fonts within each fonts directory. This can easily be accomplished within the pkginstall framework.</p> @@ -6206,7 +6298,7 @@ FONTS_DIRS.ttf= ${PREFIX}/lib/X11/fonts/TTF </pre> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="fonts-disable"></a>14.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="fonts-disable"></a>15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</h3></div></div></div> <p>The automatic update of fonts databases can be disabled by the administrator by setting the <code class="filename">PKG_UPDATE_FONTS_DB</code> environment variable to <code class="literal">NO</code>.</p> @@ -6215,13 +6307,13 @@ environment variable to <code class="literal">NO</code>.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="options"></a>Chapter 15. Options handling</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="options"></a>Chapter 16. Options handling</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">15.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">15.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">15.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">16.1. Global default options</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">16.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">16.3. Option Names</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>Many packages have the ability to be built to support different @@ -6233,7 +6325,7 @@ built into a package or to allow a set of global default options apply.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="global-default-options"></a>15.1. Global default options</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="global-default-options"></a>16.1. Global default options</h2></div></div></div> <p>Global default options are listed in <code class="varname">PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS</code>, which is a list of the options that should be built into every package if that option is supported. @@ -6241,7 +6333,7 @@ This variable should be set in <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="converting-to-options"></a>15.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code> +<a name="converting-to-options"></a>16.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code> </h2></div></div></div> <p>The following example shows how <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code> should be used @@ -6380,7 +6472,7 @@ whether it is listed in <code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS</code>:</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="option-names"></a>15.3. Option Names</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="option-names"></a>16.3. Option Names</h2></div></div></div> <p>Options that enable similar features in different packages (like optional support for a library) should use a common name in all packages that support it (like the name of the library). If another @@ -6405,36 +6497,36 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="build"></a>Chapter 16. The build process</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build"></a>Chapter 17. The build process</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">16.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">16.2. Program location</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">16.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">16.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">16.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">16.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">16.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">16.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">16.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">16.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">16.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">16.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">16.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">16.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">16.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">16.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">16.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">16.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">17.1. Introduction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">17.2. Program location</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">17.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">17.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">17.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">17.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">17.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">17.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">17.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">17.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">17.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">17.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">17.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">17.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">17.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">17.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">17.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">17.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.intro"></a>16.1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.intro"></a>17.1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div> <p>This chapter gives a detailed description on how a package is built. Building a package is separated into different <span class="emphasis"><em>phases</em></span> (for example <code class="varname">fetch</code>, @@ -6461,7 +6553,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.prefix"></a>16.2. Program location</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.prefix"></a>17.2. Program location</h2></div></div></div> <p>Before outlining the process performed by the NetBSD package system in the next section, here's a brief discussion on where programs are installed, and which variables influence this.</p> @@ -6472,7 +6564,7 @@ support.</span>” The file is sorted by option names.</p> for pkgs in the <code class="filename">cross</code> category. The value of <code class="varname">PREFIX</code> needs to be put into the various places in the program's source where paths to - these files are encoded. See <a href="#components.patches" title="10.3. patches/*">Section 10.3, “patches/*”</a> and <a href="#fixes.libtool" title="18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool">Section 18.3.1, “Shared libraries - libtool”</a> for more details.</p> + these files are encoded. See <a href="#components.patches" title="11.3. patches/*">Section 11.3, “patches/*”</a> and <a href="#fixes.libtool" title="19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool">Section 19.3.1, “Shared libraries - libtool”</a> for more details.</p> <p>When choosing which of these variables to use, follow the following rules:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> @@ -6562,7 +6654,7 @@ GTKDIR_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.builddirs"></a>16.3. Directories used during the build process</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.builddirs"></a>17.3. Directories used during the build process</h2></div></div></div> <p>When building a package, a number of directories is used to store source files, temporary files, pkgsrc-internal files, and so on. These directories are explained here.</p> @@ -6599,7 +6691,7 @@ GTKDIR_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.running"></a>16.4. Running a phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.running"></a>17.4. Running a phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>You can run a particular phase by typing <span><strong class="command">make phase</strong></span>, where <span class="emphasis"><em>phase</em></span> is the name of the phase. This will automatically run all phases that are required for this @@ -6609,14 +6701,14 @@ GTKDIR_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.fetch"></a>16.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.fetch"></a>17.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>The first step in building a package is to fetch the distribution files (distfiles) from the sites that are providing them. This is the task of the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="build.fetch.what"></a>16.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="build.fetch.what"></a>17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</h3></div></div></div> <p>In simple cases, <code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code> defines all URLs from where the distfile, whose name is derived from the <code class="varname">DISTNAME</code> variable, is @@ -6712,7 +6804,7 @@ MASTER_SITES= ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=project_name/} </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="build.fetch.how"></a>16.5.2. How are the files fetched?</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="build.fetch.how"></a>17.5.2. How are the files fetched?</h3></div></div></div> <p>The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase makes sure that all the distfiles exist in a local directory (<code class="varname">DISTDIR</code>, which can be set by the pkgsrc @@ -6743,7 +6835,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.checksum"></a>16.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.checksum"></a>17.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>After the distfile(s) are fetched, their checksum is generated and compared with the checksums stored in the distinfo file. If the checksums don't match, the build is @@ -6754,7 +6846,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.extract"></a>16.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.extract"></a>17.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>When the distfiles are present on the local system, they need to be extracted, as they usually come in the form of some compressed archive format.</p> @@ -6794,7 +6886,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.patch"></a>16.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.patch"></a>17.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>After extraction, all the patches named by the <code class="varname">PATCHFILES</code>, those present in the patches subdirectory of the package as well as in @@ -6805,7 +6897,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} applied, files ending in <code class="filename">.orig</code> or <code class="filename">.rej</code> are ignored. Any special options to <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?patch+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">patch</span>(1)</span></a> can be handed in - <code class="varname">PATCH_DIST_ARGS</code>. See <a href="#components.patches" title="10.3. patches/*">Section 10.3, “patches/*”</a> for more details.</p> + <code class="varname">PATCH_DIST_ARGS</code>. See <a href="#components.patches" title="11.3. patches/*">Section 11.3, “patches/*”</a> for more details.</p> <p>By default <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?patch+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">patch</span>(1)</span></a> is given special args to make it fail if the patches apply with some lines of fuzz. Please fix (regen) the patches so that they apply cleanly. The @@ -6815,13 +6907,13 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.tools"></a>16.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> -<p>This is covered in <a href="#tools" title="Chapter 17. Tools needed for building or running">Chapter 17, <i>Tools needed for building or running</i></a>. +<a name="build.tools"></a>17.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<p>This is covered in <a href="#tools" title="Chapter 18. Tools needed for building or running">Chapter 18, <i>Tools needed for building or running</i></a>. </p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.wrapper"></a>16.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.wrapper"></a>17.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>This phase creates wrapper programs for the compilers and linkers. The following variables can be used to tweak the wrappers.</p> @@ -6859,7 +6951,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.configure"></a>16.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.configure"></a>17.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>Most pieces of software need information on the header files, system calls, and library routines which are available on the platform they run on. The process of determining this @@ -6904,7 +6996,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.build"></a>16.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.build"></a>17.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>For building a package, a rough equivalent of the following code is executed.</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -6939,12 +7031,12 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.test"></a>16.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.test"></a>17.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>[TODO]</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.install"></a>16.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.install"></a>17.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>Once the build stage has completed, the final step is to install the software in public directories, so users can access the programs and files.</p> @@ -7029,7 +7121,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.package"></a>16.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.package"></a>17.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>Once the install stage has completed, a binary package of the installed files can be built. These binary packages can be used for quick installation without previous compilation, e.g. by @@ -7049,7 +7141,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.clean"></a>16.16. Cleaning up</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.clean"></a>17.16. Cleaning up</h2></div></div></div> <p>Once you're finished with a package, you can clean the work directory by running <span><strong class="command">make clean</strong></span>. If you want to clean the work directories of all dependencies too, use @@ -7057,7 +7149,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="build.helpful-targets"></a>16.17. Other helpful targets</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="build.helpful-targets"></a>17.17. Other helpful targets</h2></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term">pre/post-*</span></dt> <dd><p>For any of the main targets described in the @@ -7367,7 +7459,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} <code class="filename">PLIST</code>, as the “<span class="quote">find -newer</span>” command used by this target won't catch them!</p> -<p>See <a href="#print-PLIST" title="12.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST">Section 12.3, “Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span>”</a> for more +<p>See <a href="#print-PLIST" title="13.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST">Section 13.3, “Tweaking output of <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span>”</a> for more information on this target.</p> </dd> <dt><span class="term">bulk-package</span></dt> @@ -7376,7 +7468,7 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} package already exists, no action is taken. If not, this target will compile, install and package it (and its depends, if <code class="varname">PKG_DEPENDS</code> is set - properly. See <a href="#binary.configuration" title="6.3.1. Configuration">Section 6.3.1, “Configuration”</a>). + properly. See <a href="#binary.configuration" title="7.3.1. Configuration">Section 7.3.1, “Configuration”</a>). After creating the binary package, the sources, the just-installed package and its required packages are removed, preserving free disk space.</p> @@ -7408,14 +7500,14 @@ ${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS} </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="tools"></a>Chapter 17. Tools needed for building or running</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="tools"></a>Chapter 18. Tools needed for building or running</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">17.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">17.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tools.questions">17.4. Questions regarding the tools</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">18.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">18.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tools.questions">18.4. Questions regarding the tools</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>The <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> definition is used both internally @@ -7439,7 +7531,7 @@ yacc) or a better sed.</p> <span><strong class="command">make show-tools</strong></span>.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="pkgsrc-tools"></a>17.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="pkgsrc-tools"></a>18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</h2></div></div></div> <p>The default set of tools used by pkgsrc is defined in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code>. This includes standard Unix tools, such as: <span><strong class="command">cat</strong></span>, <span><strong class="command">awk</strong></span>, @@ -7452,7 +7544,7 @@ to define the tools needed.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="package-tools"></a>17.2. Tools needed by packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="package-tools"></a>18.2. Tools needed by packages</h2></div></div></div> <p>In the following examples, the :pkgsrc means to use the pkgsrc version and not the native version for a build dependency. And the :run means that it is used for a @@ -7475,7 +7567,7 @@ tool at run-time, then just use <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> instead. </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="platform-tools"></a>17.3. Tools provided by platforms</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="platform-tools"></a>18.3. Tools provided by platforms</h2></div></div></div> <p>When improving or porting pkgsrc to a new platform, have a look at (or create) the corresponding platform specific make file fragment under <code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/tools/tools.${OPSYS}.mk</code> which defines @@ -7492,15 +7584,15 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="tools.questions"></a>17.4. Questions regarding the tools</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="tools.questions"></a>18.4. Questions regarding the tools</h2></div></div></div> <div class="qandaset"> <dl> -<dt>17.4.1. <a href="#tools.new">How do I add a new tool?</a> +<dt>18.4.1. <a href="#tools.new">How do I add a new tool?</a> </dt> -<dt>17.4.2. <a href="#tools.listall">How do I get a list of all available +<dt>18.4.2. <a href="#tools.listall">How do I get a list of all available tools?</a> </dt> -<dt>17.4.3. <a href="#tools.used">How can I get a list of all the tools that a +<dt>18.4.3. <a href="#tools.used">How can I get a list of all the tools that a package is using while being built? I want to know whether it uses sed or not.</a> </dt> @@ -7510,7 +7602,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin <tbody> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="tools.new"></a><a name="id2707918"></a><b>17.4.1.</b> +<a name="tools.new"></a><a name="id2708056"></a><b>18.4.1.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>How do I add a new tool?</p></td> </tr> @@ -7520,7 +7612,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="tools.listall"></a><a name="id2707928"></a><b>17.4.2.</b> +<a name="tools.listall"></a><a name="id2708066"></a><b>18.4.2.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>How do I get a list of all available tools?</p></td> @@ -7531,7 +7623,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="tools.used"></a><a name="id2708007"></a><b>17.4.3.</b> +<a name="tools.used"></a><a name="id2708145"></a><b>18.4.3.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>How can I get a list of all the tools that a package is using while being built? I want to know whether it @@ -7549,83 +7641,83 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="fixes"></a>Chapter 18. Making your package work</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes"></a>Chapter 19. Making your package work</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">18.1. General operation</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">18.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">18.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">18.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">18.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">18.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">18.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">18.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">18.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">18.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">18.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">18.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">18.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">18.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> -</dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">18.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> -<dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">18.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">18.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">18.6.3. Installing highscore files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#destdir-support">18.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">18.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">18.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">18.6.7. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">18.6.8. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">18.6.9. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">18.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">18.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">18.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">18.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">18.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">18.6.15. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">18.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">18.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">18.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">19.1. General operation</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">19.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">19.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">19.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">19.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">19.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">19.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">19.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">19.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">19.4.2. Java</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">19.4.4. Other programming languages</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">19.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">19.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">19.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt> +</dl></dd> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">19.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt> +<dd><dl> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">19.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">19.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">19.6.3. Installing highscore files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#destdir-support">19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">19.6.7. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">19.6.8. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf2-data-files">19.6.9. Packages installing GConf2 data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">19.6.15. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">18.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">18.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">18.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">19.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="general-operation"></a>18.1. General operation</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="general-operation"></a>19.1. General operation</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="portability-of-packages"></a>18.1.1. Portability of packages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="portability-of-packages"></a>19.1.1. Portability of packages</h3></div></div></div> <p>One appealing feature of pkgsrc is that it runs on many different platforms. As a result, it is important to ensure, where possible, that packages in pkgsrc are portable. This @@ -7634,7 +7726,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf"></a>18.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> +<a name="pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf"></a>19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <a href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> </h3></div></div></div> <p>The pkgsrc user can configure pkgsrc by overriding several variables in the file pointed to by <code class="varname">MAKECONF</code>, @@ -7662,7 +7754,7 @@ TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="user-interaction"></a>18.1.3. User interaction</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="user-interaction"></a>19.1.3. User interaction</h3></div></div></div> <p>Occasionally, packages require interaction from the user, and this can be in a number of ways:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> @@ -7691,7 +7783,7 @@ INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="handling-licenses"></a>18.1.4. Handling licenses</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="handling-licenses"></a>19.1.4. Handling licenses</h3></div></div></div> <p>Authors of software can choose the licence under which software can be copied. This is due to copyright law, and reasons for license choices are outside the scope of pkgsrc. The pkgsrc @@ -7780,7 +7872,7 @@ ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=xv-license </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="restricted-packages"></a>18.1.5. Restricted packages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="restricted-packages"></a>19.1.5. Restricted packages</h3></div></div></div> <p>Some licenses restrict how software may be re-distributed. Because a license tag is required unless the package is Free or Open Source, all packages with restrictions should have license @@ -7848,7 +7940,7 @@ ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=xv-license </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="dependencies"></a>18.1.6. Handling dependencies</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="dependencies"></a>19.1.6. Handling dependencies</h3></div></div></div> <p>Your package may depend on some other package being present - and there are various ways of expressing this dependency. pkgsrc supports the <code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code> and @@ -7856,7 +7948,7 @@ ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=xv-license <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> definition, as well as dependencies via <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code>, which is the preferred way to handle dependencies, and which uses the variables named above. - See <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 13. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 13, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a> for more information.</p> + See <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 14. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 14, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a> for more information.</p> <p>The basic difference between the two variables is as follows: The <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> definition registers that pre-requisite in the binary package so it will be pulled in @@ -7953,7 +8045,7 @@ ABI_DEPENDS+= tiff>=3.6.1:../../graphics/tiff should not be used across different systems that may have different versions of binary packages installed.</p> <p>For security fixes, please update the package - vulnerabilities file. See <a href="#security-handling" title="18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems">Section 18.1.10, “Handling packages with security problems”</a> for more + vulnerabilities file. See <a href="#security-handling" title="19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems">Section 19.1.10, “Handling packages with security problems”</a> for more information.</p> </li> <li> @@ -7980,7 +8072,7 @@ DEPENDS+= teTeX-[0-9]*:../../print/teTeX </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="conflicts"></a>18.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="conflicts"></a>19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</h3></div></div></div> <p>Your package may conflict with other packages a user might already have installed on his system, e.g. if your package installs the same set of files as another package in the pkgsrc @@ -8006,7 +8098,7 @@ CONFLICTS= Xaw3d-[0-9]* </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="not-building-packages"></a>18.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="not-building-packages"></a>19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</h3></div></div></div> <p>There are several reasons why a package might be instructed to not build under certain circumstances. If the package builds and runs on most platforms, the exceptions @@ -8034,7 +8126,7 @@ CONFLICTS= Xaw3d-[0-9]* </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="undeletable-packages"></a>18.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="undeletable-packages"></a>19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</h3></div></div></div> <p>To ensure that a package may not be deleted, once it has been installed, the <code class="varname">PKG_PRESERVE</code> definition should be set in the package Makefile. This will be carried into any @@ -8045,7 +8137,7 @@ CONFLICTS= Xaw3d-[0-9]* </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="security-handling"></a>18.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="security-handling"></a>19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</h3></div></div></div> <p>When a vulnerability is found, this should be noted in <code class="filename">localsrc/security/advisories/pkg-vulnerabilities</code>, and after committing that file, use <span><strong class="command">make upload</strong></span> @@ -8061,7 +8153,7 @@ CONFLICTS= Xaw3d-[0-9]* </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="bumping-pkgrevision"></a>18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="bumping-pkgrevision"></a>19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</h3></div></div></div> <p>When making fixes to an existing package it can be useful to change the version number in <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code>. To avoid conflicting with future versions by the original author, a @@ -8120,7 +8212,7 @@ DISTNAME= foo-17.43 </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.subst"></a>18.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.subst"></a>19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</h3></div></div></div> <p>When you want to replace the same text in multiple files or when the replacement text varies, patches alone cannot help. This is where the SUBST framework comes in. It provides an @@ -8180,10 +8272,10 @@ SUBST_SED.fix-paths+= -e 's,"/var/log,"${VARBASE}/log,g' </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fixes.fetch"></a>18.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.fetch"></a>19.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="no-plain-download"></a>18.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="no-plain-download"></a>19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</h3></div></div></div> <p>If you need to download from a dynamic URL you can set <code class="varname">DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES</code> and a <span><strong class="command">make fetch</strong></span> will call <code class="filename">files/getsite.sh</code> @@ -8204,7 +8296,7 @@ FETCH_MESSAGE+= "manually from "${MASTER_SITES:Q}"." </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="modified-distfiles-same-name"></a>18.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="modified-distfiles-same-name"></a>19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</h3></div></div></div> <p>Sometimes authors of a software package make some modifications after the software was released, and they put up a new distfile without changing the package's version number. If a @@ -8221,7 +8313,7 @@ FETCH_MESSAGE+= "manually from "${MASTER_SITES:Q}"." <code class="varname">DISTFILES</code> and <code class="varname">PATCHFILES</code> for this package will be put in that subdirectory of the local distfiles directory. - (See <a href="#bumping-pkgrevision" title="18.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package">Section 18.1.11, “How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package”</a> for more details.) + (See <a href="#bumping-pkgrevision" title="19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package">Section 19.1.11, “How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package”</a> for more details.) In case this happens more often, <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code> can be used (thus including the <code class="filename">nbX</code> suffix) or a date stamp @@ -8237,10 +8329,10 @@ FETCH_MESSAGE+= "manually from "${MASTER_SITES:Q}"." </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fixes.configure"></a>18.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.configure"></a>19.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.libtool"></a>18.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.libtool"></a>19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</h3></div></div></div> <p>pkgsrc supports many different machines, with different object formats like a.out and ELF, and varying abilities to do shared library and dynamic loading at all. To accompany this, @@ -8365,7 +8457,7 @@ ${LIBTOOL} --mode=install ${BSD_INSTALL_DATA} ${SOMELIB:.a=.la} ${PREFIX}/lib </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="using-libtool"></a>18.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="using-libtool"></a>19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</h3></div></div></div> <p>Add <code class="varname">USE_LIBTOOL=yes</code> to the package Makefile. This will override the package's own libtool in most cases. For older libtool using packages, libtool is @@ -8406,7 +8498,7 @@ ${LIBTOOL} --mode=install ${BSD_INSTALL_DATA} ${SOMELIB:.a=.la} ${PREFIX}/lib </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="autoconf-automake"></a>18.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="autoconf-automake"></a>19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package needs GNU autoconf or automake to be executed to regenerate the configure script and Makefile.in makefile templates, then they should be executed in a pre-configure @@ -8447,14 +8539,14 @@ pre-configure: </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="programming-languages"></a>18.4. Programming languages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="programming-languages"></a>19.4. Programming languages</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="basic-programming-languages"></a>18.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="basic-programming-languages"></a>19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</h3></div></div></div> <p>Compilers for the C, C++, and Fortran languages comes with the NetBSD base system. By default, pkgsrc assumes that a package is written in C and will hide all other compilers (via the wrapper - framework, see <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 13. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 13, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a>).</p> + framework, see <a href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 14. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 14, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a>).</p> <p>To declare which language's compiler a package needs, set the <code class="varname">USE_LANGUAGES</code> variable. Allowed values currently are “<span class="quote">c</span>”, “<span class="quote">c++</span>”, and @@ -8465,7 +8557,7 @@ pre-configure: </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="java-programming-language"></a>18.4.2. Java</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="java-programming-language"></a>19.4.2. Java</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a program is written in Java, use the Java framework in pkgsrc. The package must include <code class="filename">../../mk/java-vm.mk</code>. This Makefile fragment @@ -8488,7 +8580,7 @@ pre-configure: </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="perl-scripts"></a>18.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="perl-scripts"></a>19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</h3></div></div></div> <p>If your package contains interpreted perl scripts, add “<span class="quote">perl</span>” to the <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> variable and set <code class="varname">REPLACE_PERL</code> to ensure that the proper @@ -8500,12 +8592,12 @@ pre-configure: <p>If a particular version of perl is needed, set the <code class="varname">PERL5_REQD</code> variable to the version number. The default is “<span class="quote">5.0</span>”.</p> -<p>See <a href="#perl-modules" title="18.6.6. Packages installing perl modules">Section 18.6.6, “Packages installing perl modules”</a> for information +<p>See <a href="#perl-modules" title="19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules">Section 19.6.6, “Packages installing perl modules”</a> for information about handling perl modules.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="other-programming-languages"></a>18.4.4. Other programming languages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="other-programming-languages"></a>19.4.4. Other programming languages</h3></div></div></div> <p>Currently, there is no special handling for other languages in pkgsrc. If a compiler package provides a <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file, include that, otherwise @@ -8515,7 +8607,7 @@ pre-configure: </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fixes.build"></a>18.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.build"></a>19.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <p>The most common failures when building a package are that some platforms do not provide certain header files, functions or libraries, or they provide the functions in a library that the @@ -8524,7 +8616,7 @@ pre-configure: use the missing functions or provides a replacement function.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.build.cpp"></a>18.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.build.cpp"></a>19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package already comes with a GNU configure script, the preferred way to fix the build failure is to change the configure script, not the code. In the other cases, you can @@ -8544,7 +8636,7 @@ pre-configure: does not define it. Use <code class="varname">__sun</code> instead.</p> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.build.cpp.os"></a>18.5.1.1. C preprocessor macros to identify the operating system</h4></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.build.cpp.os"></a>19.5.1.1. C preprocessor macros to identify the operating system</h4></div></div></div> <p>To distinguish between 4.4 BSD-derived systems and the rest of the world, you should use the following code.</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -8570,7 +8662,7 @@ Solaris sun, __sun </div> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.build.cpp.arch"></a>18.5.1.2. C preprocessor macros to identify the hardware architecture</h4></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.build.cpp.arch"></a>19.5.1.2. C preprocessor macros to identify the hardware architecture</h4></div></div></div> <pre class="programlisting"> i386 i386, __i386, __i386__ MIPS __mips @@ -8579,7 +8671,7 @@ SPARC sparc, __sparc </div> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="fixes.build.cpp.compiler"></a>18.5.1.3. C preprocessor macros to identify the compiler</h4></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.build.cpp.compiler"></a>19.5.1.3. C preprocessor macros to identify the compiler</h4></div></div></div> <pre class="programlisting"> GCC __GNUC__ (major version), __GNUC_MINOR__ MIPSpro _COMPILER_VERSION (0x741 for MIPSpro 7.41) @@ -8590,7 +8682,7 @@ SunPro C++ __SUNPRO_CC (0x580 for Sun C++ 5.8) </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="compiler-bugs"></a>18.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="compiler-bugs"></a>19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</h3></div></div></div> <p>Some source files trigger bugs in the compiler, based on combinations of compiler version and architecture and almost always relation to optimisation being enabled. Common symptoms @@ -8605,7 +8697,7 @@ SunPro C++ __SUNPRO_CC (0x580 for Sun C++ 5.8) </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="undefined-reference"></a>18.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="undefined-reference"></a>19.5.3. Undefined reference to “<span class="quote">...</span>”</h3></div></div></div> <p>This error message often means that a package did not link to a shared library it needs. The following functions are known to cause this error message over and over.</p> @@ -8667,7 +8759,7 @@ SunPro C++ __SUNPRO_CC (0x580 for Sun C++ 5.8) bmake</strong></span>.</p> <div class="sect3" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"> -<a name="undefined-reference-sunpro"></a>18.5.3.1. Special issue: The SunPro compiler</h4></div></div></div> +<a name="undefined-reference-sunpro"></a>19.5.3.1. Special issue: The SunPro compiler</h4></div></div></div> <p>When you are using the SunPro compiler, there is another possibility. That compiler cannot handle the following code:</p> <pre class="programlisting"> @@ -8693,7 +8785,7 @@ of functions.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="out-of-memory"></a>18.5.4. Running out of memory</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="out-of-memory"></a>19.5.4. Running out of memory</h3></div></div></div> <p>Sometimes packages fail to build because the compiler runs into an operating system specific soft limit. With the <code class="varname">UNLIMIT_RESOURCES</code> variable pkgsrc can be told @@ -8707,10 +8799,10 @@ of functions.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="fixes.install"></a>18.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="fixes.install"></a>19.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="install-scripts"></a>18.6.1. Creating needed directories</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="install-scripts"></a>19.6.1. Creating needed directories</h3></div></div></div> <p>The BSD-compatible <span><strong class="command">install</strong></span> supplied with some operating systems cannot create more than one directory at a time. As such, you should call @@ -8726,7 +8818,7 @@ ${INSTALL_DATA_DIR} ${PREFIX}/dir2 </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="where-to-install-documentation"></a>18.6.2. Where to install documentation</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="where-to-install-documentation"></a>19.6.2. Where to install documentation</h3></div></div></div> <p>In general, documentation should be installed into <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGBASE}</code> or <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGNAME}</code> (the latter @@ -8755,7 +8847,7 @@ ${INSTALL_DATA_DIR} ${PREFIX}/dir2 </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="installing-score-files"></a>18.6.3. Installing highscore files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="installing-score-files"></a>19.6.3. Installing highscore files</h3></div></div></div> <p>Certain packages, most of them in the games category, install a score file that allows all users on the system to record their highscores. In order for this to work, the binaries need to be @@ -8776,7 +8868,7 @@ ${INSTALL_DATA_DIR} ${PREFIX}/dir2 </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="destdir-support"></a>18.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="destdir-support"></a>19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</h3></div></div></div> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> <li><p>All installation operations have to be prefixed with <code class="filename">${DESTDIR}</code>.</p></li> @@ -8795,7 +8887,7 @@ ${INSTALL_DATA_DIR} ${PREFIX}/dir2 </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="hardcoded-paths"></a>18.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="hardcoded-paths"></a>19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</h3></div></div></div> <p>Your package may also contain scripts with hardcoded paths to other interpreters besides (or as well as) perl. To correct the full pathname to the script interpreter, you need to set the @@ -8817,7 +8909,7 @@ REPLACE_FILES.tcl= # list of tcl scripts which need to be fixed, </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="perl-modules"></a>18.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="perl-modules"></a>19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</h3></div></div></div> <p>Makefiles of packages providing perl5 modules should include the Makefile fragment <code class="filename">../../lang/perl5/module.mk</code>. It provides a @@ -8846,7 +8938,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="faq.info-files"></a>18.6.7. Packages installing info files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="faq.info-files"></a>19.6.7. Packages installing info files</h3></div></div></div> <p>Some packages install info files or use the “<span class="quote">makeinfo</span>” or “<span class="quote">install-info</span>” commands. <code class="varname">INFO_FILES</code> should be defined in @@ -8893,7 +8985,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="manpages"></a>18.6.8. Packages installing man pages</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="manpages"></a>19.6.8. Packages installing man pages</h3></div></div></div> <p>All packages that install manual pages should install them into the same directory, so that there is one common place to look for them. In pkgsrc, this place is @@ -8925,12 +9017,12 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist Or if the <code class="filename">./configure</code> script uses a non-standard use of --mandir, you can set <code class="varname">GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR</code> as needed.</p> -<p>See <a href="#manpage-compression" title="12.5. Man page compression">Section 12.5, “Man page compression”</a> for +<p>See <a href="#manpage-compression" title="13.5. Man page compression">Section 13.5, “Man page compression”</a> for information on installation of compressed manual pages.</p> </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="gconf2-data-files"></a>18.6.9. Packages installing GConf2 data files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="gconf2-data-files"></a>19.6.9. Packages installing GConf2 data files</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs <code class="filename">.schemas</code> or <code class="filename">.entries</code> files, used by GConf2, you need to take some extra steps to make sure they get registered @@ -8950,7 +9042,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist need to manually patch the package.</p></li> <li><p>Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the etc/gconf directory, as they will be handled automatically. See - <a href="#faq.conf" title="8.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?">Section 8.13, “How do I change the location of configuration files?”</a> for more information.</p></li> + <a href="#faq.conf" title="9.13. How do I change the location of configuration files?">Section 9.13, “How do I change the location of configuration files?”</a> for more information.</p></li> <li><p>Define the <code class="varname">GCONF2_SCHEMAS</code> variable in your <code class="filename">Makefile</code> with a list of all <code class="filename">.schemas</code> files installed by the package, if @@ -8964,7 +9056,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="scrollkeeper-data-files"></a>18.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="scrollkeeper-data-files"></a>19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs <code class="filename">.omf</code> files, used by scrollkeeper, you need to take some extra steps to make sure they get registered in the database:</p> @@ -8984,7 +9076,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="x11-fonts"></a>18.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="x11-fonts"></a>19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs font files, you will need to rebuild the fonts database in the directory where they get installed at installation and deinstallation time. This can be automatically @@ -9001,7 +9093,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="gtk2-modules"></a>18.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="gtk2-modules"></a>19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs GTK2 immodules or loaders, you need to take some extra steps to get them registered in the GTK2 database properly:</p> @@ -9029,7 +9121,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="sgml-xml-data"></a>18.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="sgml-xml-data"></a>19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs SGML or XML data files that need to be registered in system-wide catalogs (like DTDs, sub-catalogs, etc.), you need to take some extra steps:</p> @@ -9057,7 +9149,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="mime-database"></a>18.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="mime-database"></a>19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package provides extensions to the MIME database by installing <code class="filename">.xml</code> files inside <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/mime/packages</code>, you @@ -9087,7 +9179,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="intltool"></a>18.6.15. Packages using intltool</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="intltool"></a>19.6.15. Packages using intltool</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package uses intltool during its build, add <code class="literal">intltool</code> to the <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code>, which forces it to use the intltool package provided by pkgsrc, @@ -9098,7 +9190,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="startup-scripts"></a>18.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="startup-scripts"></a>19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package contains a rc.d script, it won't be copied into the startup directory by default, but you can enable it, by adding the option <code class="varname">PKG_RCD_SCRIPTS=YES</code> in @@ -9109,7 +9201,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="tex-packages"></a>18.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="tex-packages"></a>19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs TeX packages into the texmf tree, the <code class="filename">ls-R</code> database of the tree needs to be updated.</p> @@ -9147,7 +9239,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="emulation-packages"></a>18.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in +<a name="emulation-packages"></a>19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in emulation</h3></div></div></div> <p>There are some packages that provide libraries and executables for running binaries from a one operating system @@ -9164,7 +9256,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="hicolor-theme"></a>18.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="hicolor-theme"></a>19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs images under the <code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor</code> and/or updates the <code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache</code> @@ -9186,7 +9278,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="desktop-files"></a>18.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="desktop-files"></a>19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</h3></div></div></div> <p>If a package installs <code class="filename">.desktop</code> files under <code class="filename">share/applications</code> and these include MIME information, you need to take extra steps to ensure that they @@ -9205,7 +9297,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="punting"></a>18.7. Marking packages as having problems</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="punting"></a>19.7. Marking packages as having problems</h2></div></div></div> <p>In some cases one does not have the time to solve a problem immediately. There are currently two ways to declare that one knows that a package has problems.</p> @@ -9232,7 +9324,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="debug"></a>Chapter 19. Debugging</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="debug"></a>Chapter 20. Debugging</h2></div></div></div> <p>To check out all the gotchas when building a package, here are the steps that I do in order to get a package working. Please note this is basically the same as what was explained in the previous @@ -9270,7 +9362,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist package.</p> </li> <li><p>Look at the <code class="filename">Makefile</code>, fix if - necessary; see <a href="#components.Makefile" title="10.1. Makefile">Section 10.1, “<code class="filename">Makefile</code>”</a>.</p></li> + necessary; see <a href="#components.Makefile" title="11.1. Makefile">Section 11.1, “<code class="filename">Makefile</code>”</a>.</p></li> <li> <p>Generate a <code class="filename">PLIST</code>:</p> <pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make install</code></strong> @@ -9309,39 +9401,39 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist reports:</p> <pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkglint</code></strong></pre> </li> -<li><p>Submit (or commit, if you have cvs access); see <a href="#submit" title="Chapter 20. Submitting and Committing">Chapter 20, <i>Submitting and Committing</i></a>.</p></li> +<li><p>Submit (or commit, if you have cvs access); see <a href="#submit" title="Chapter 21. Submitting and Committing">Chapter 21, <i>Submitting and Committing</i></a>.</p></li> </ul></div> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="submit"></a>Chapter 20. Submitting and Committing</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="submit"></a>Chapter 21. Submitting and Committing</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">20.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">20.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">21.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">21.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">21.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">21.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="submitting-binary-packages"></a>20.1. Submitting binary packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="submitting-binary-packages"></a>21.1. Submitting binary packages</h2></div></div></div> <p>Our policy is that we accept binaries only from pkgsrc developers to guarantee that the packages don't contain any trojan horses etc. This is not to annoy anyone but rather to protect our users! You're still free to put up your home-made binary packages and tell the world where to get them. NetBSD developers doing bulk builds and wanting to upload them please - see <a href="#bulk-upload" title="6.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build">Section 6.3.8, “Uploading results of a bulk build”</a>.</p> + see <a href="#bulk-upload" title="7.3.8. Uploading results of a bulk build">Section 7.3.8, “Uploading results of a bulk build”</a>.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="submitting-your-package"></a>20.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="submitting-your-package"></a>21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</h2></div></div></div> <p>First, check that your package is complete, compiles and - runs well; see <a href="#debug" title="Chapter 19. Debugging">Chapter 19, <i>Debugging</i></a> and the rest of this + runs well; see <a href="#debug" title="Chapter 20. Debugging">Chapter 20, <i>Debugging</i></a> and the rest of this document. Next, generate an uuencoded gzipped <a href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?tar+1+NetBSD-current"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">tar</span>(1)</span></a> archive that contains all files that make up the package. Finally, send this package to the pkgsrc bug tracking system, @@ -9366,7 +9458,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="general-notes-for-changes"></a>20.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="general-notes-for-changes"></a>21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</h2></div></div></div> <p>Please note all package additions, updates, moves, and removals in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/CHANGES-<em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY</code></em></code>. It's very important to keep this file up to date and conforming to the @@ -9399,7 +9491,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="committing-importing"></a>20.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="committing-importing"></a>21.4. Committing: Importing a package into CVS</h2></div></div></div> <p>This section is only of interest for pkgsrc developers with write access to the pkgsrc repository. Please remember that cvs imports files relative to the current working directory, and that @@ -9425,7 +9517,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="updating-package"></a>20.5. Updating a package to a newer version</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="updating-package"></a>21.5. Updating a package to a newer version</h2></div></div></div> <p>Please always put a concise, appropriate and relevant summary of the changes between old and new versions into the commit log when updating a package. There are various reasons for this:</p> @@ -9449,7 +9541,7 @@ PERL5_PACKLIST= ${PERL5_SITEARCH}/auto/Pg/.packlist </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="moving-package"></a>20.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="moving-package"></a>21.6. Moving a package in pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> <div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"> <li><p>Make a copy of the directory somewhere else.</p></li> <li> @@ -9483,7 +9575,7 @@ place.</p></li> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="devfaq"></a>Chapter 21. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="devfaq"></a>Chapter 22. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div> <p>This section contains the answers to questions that may arise when you are writing a package. If you don't find your question answered here, first have a look in the other chapters, @@ -9491,39 +9583,39 @@ place.</p></li> <code class="literal">pkgsrc-users</code> mailing list.</p> <div class="qandaset"> <dl> -<dt>21.1. <a href="#devfaq.makeflags">What is the difference between +<dt>22.1. <a href="#devfaq.makeflags">What is the difference between MAKEFLAGS, .MAKEFLAGS and MAKE_FLAGS?</a> </dt> -<dt>21.2. <a href="#devfaq.make">What is the difference between +<dt>22.2. <a href="#devfaq.make">What is the difference between MAKE, GMAKE and MAKE_PROGRAM?</a> </dt> -<dt>21.3. <a href="#devfaq.cc">What is the difference between +<dt>22.3. <a href="#devfaq.cc">What is the difference between CC, PKG_CC and PKGSRC_COMPILER?</a> </dt> -<dt>21.4. <a href="#devfaq.bl3flags">What is the difference between +<dt>22.4. <a href="#devfaq.bl3flags">What is the difference between BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS, BUILDLINK_LDADD and BUILDLINK_LIBS?</a> </dt> -<dt>21.5. <a href="#devfaq.bl3prefix">Why does make show-var +<dt>22.5. <a href="#devfaq.bl3prefix">Why does make show-var VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.foo say it's empty?</a> </dt> -<dt>21.6. <a href="#devfaq.master_sites">What does +<dt>22.6. <a href="#devfaq.master_sites">What does ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/} mean? I don't understand the := inside it.</a> </dt> -<dt>21.7. <a href="#devfaq.mailinglists">Which mailing lists are there for package +<dt>22.7. <a href="#devfaq.mailinglists">Which mailing lists are there for package developers?</a> </dt> -<dt>21.8. <a href="#devfaq.documentation">Where is the pkgsrc +<dt>22.8. <a href="#devfaq.documentation">Where is the pkgsrc documentation?</a> </dt> -<dt>21.9. <a href="#devfaq.too-much-time">I have a little time to kill. What shall I +<dt>22.9. <a href="#devfaq.too-much-time">I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?</a> </dt> </dl> @@ -9532,7 +9624,7 @@ do?</a> <tbody> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="devfaq.makeflags"></a><a name="id2713609"></a><b>21.1.</b> +<a name="devfaq.makeflags"></a><a name="id2713952"></a><b>22.1.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between <code class="varname">MAKEFLAGS</code>, <code class="varname">.MAKEFLAGS</code> and @@ -9548,7 +9640,7 @@ do?</a> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="devfaq.make"></a><a name="id2713648"></a><b>21.2.</b> +<a name="devfaq.make"></a><a name="id2713990"></a><b>22.2.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between <code class="varname">MAKE</code>, <code class="varname">GMAKE</code> and @@ -9566,7 +9658,7 @@ do?</a> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="devfaq.cc"></a><a name="id2713688"></a><b>21.3.</b> +<a name="devfaq.cc"></a><a name="id2714030"></a><b>22.3.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between <code class="varname">CC</code>, <code class="varname">PKG_CC</code> and @@ -9584,7 +9676,7 @@ do?</a> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="devfaq.bl3flags"></a><a name="id2713728"></a><b>21.4.</b> +<a name="devfaq.bl3flags"></a><a name="id2714070"></a><b>22.4.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS</code>, @@ -9597,7 +9689,7 @@ do?</a> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="devfaq.bl3prefix"></a><a name="id2713816"></a><b>21.5.</b> +<a name="devfaq.bl3prefix"></a><a name="id2714090"></a><b>22.5.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>Why does <span><strong class="command">make show-var VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.<em class="replaceable"><code>foo</code></em></strong></span> @@ -9613,7 +9705,7 @@ do?</a> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="devfaq.master_sites"></a><a name="id2713846"></a><b>21.6.</b> +<a name="devfaq.master_sites"></a><a name="id2714120"></a><b>22.6.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>What does <code class="literal">${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/}</code> mean? I @@ -9637,7 +9729,7 @@ do?</a> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="devfaq.mailinglists"></a><a name="id2713923"></a><b>21.7.</b> +<a name="devfaq.mailinglists"></a><a name="id2714197"></a><b>22.7.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>Which mailing lists are there for package developers?</p></td> @@ -9662,7 +9754,7 @@ do?</a> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="devfaq.documentation"></a><a name="id2713961"></a><b>21.8.</b> +<a name="devfaq.documentation"></a><a name="id2714304"></a><b>22.8.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>Where is the pkgsrc documentation?</p></td> @@ -9710,7 +9802,7 @@ do?</a> </tr> <tr class="question"> <td align="left" valign="top"> -<a name="devfaq.too-much-time"></a><a name="id2714160"></a><b>21.9.</b> +<a name="devfaq.too-much-time"></a><a name="id2714365"></a><b>22.9.</b> </td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p>I have a little time to kill. What shall I do?</p></td> @@ -9726,7 +9818,7 @@ anyway.</p> will tell you about newer versions of installed packages that are available, but not yet updated in pkgsrc.</p></li> <li><p>Browse <code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/TODO</code> - — it contains a list of suggested new packages and a list of + — it contains a list of suggested new packages and a list of cleanups and enhancements for pkgsrc that would be nice to have.</p></li> <li><p>Review packages for which review was requested on @@ -9741,14 +9833,14 @@ anyway.</p> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="gnome"></a>Chapter 22. GNOME packaging and porting</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="gnome"></a>Chapter 23. GNOME packaging and porting</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">22.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">22.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">22.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">23.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">23.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">23.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>Quoting <a href="http://www.gnome.org/" target="_top">GNOME's web @@ -9785,7 +9877,7 @@ important information regarding their internals.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="meta-packages"></a>22.1. Meta packages</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="meta-packages"></a>23.1. Meta packages</h2></div></div></div> <p>pkgsrc includes three GNOME-related meta packages:</p> <div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"> <li><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/gnome-base/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/gnome-base</code></a>: Provides @@ -9819,7 +9911,7 @@ change it to alphabetical sorting!</em></span></p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="new-package"></a>22.2. Packaging a GNOME application</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="new-package"></a>23.2. Packaging a GNOME application</h2></div></div></div> <p>Almost all GNOME applications are written in C and use a common set of tools as their build system. Things get different with the new bindings to other languages (such as Python), but the following will @@ -9880,7 +9972,7 @@ solution is given. After applying the solution be sure to <span class="emphasis"><em>regenerate the package's file list</em></span> with <span><strong class="command">make print-PLIST</strong></span> and ensure it is correct.</p> <div class="table"> -<a name="plist-handling"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 22.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages</b></p> +<a name="plist-handling"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 23.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages</b></p> <div class="table-contents"><table summary="PLIST handling for GNOME packages" border="1"> <colgroup> <col> @@ -9893,24 +9985,24 @@ solution is given. After applying the solution be sure to <tbody> <tr> <td>Installs OMF files under <code class="filename">share/omf</code>.</td> -<td>See <a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files" title="18.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files">Section 18.6.10, “Packages installing scrollkeeper data files”</a>.</td> +<td>See <a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files" title="19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper data files">Section 19.6.10, “Packages installing scrollkeeper data files”</a>.</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Installs icons under the <code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor</code> hierarchy or updates <code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache</code>.</td> -<td>See <a href="#hicolor-theme" title="18.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons">Section 18.6.19, “Packages installing hicolor theme icons”</a>.</td> +<td>See <a href="#hicolor-theme" title="19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons">Section 19.6.19, “Packages installing hicolor theme icons”</a>.</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Installs files under <code class="filename">share/mime/packages</code>.</td> -<td>See <a href="#mime-database" title="18.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database">Section 18.6.14, “Packages installing extensions to the MIME database”</a>.</td> +<td>See <a href="#mime-database" title="19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database">Section 19.6.14, “Packages installing extensions to the MIME database”</a>.</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Installs <code class="filename">.desktop</code> files under <code class="filename">share/applications</code> and these include MIME information.</td> -<td>See <a href="#desktop-files" title="18.6.20. Packages installing desktop files">Section 18.6.20, “Packages installing desktop files”</a>.</td> +<td>See <a href="#desktop-files" title="19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files">Section 19.6.20, “Packages installing desktop files”</a>.</td> </tr> </tbody> </table></div> @@ -9919,7 +10011,7 @@ solution is given. After applying the solution be sure to </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="full-update"></a>22.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="full-update"></a>23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</h2></div></div></div> <p>When seeing GNOME as a whole, there are two kinds of updates:</p> <div class="variablelist"><dl> @@ -10008,11 +10100,11 @@ followed:</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="patching"></a>22.4. Patching guidelines</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="patching"></a>23.4. Patching guidelines</h2></div></div></div> <p>GNOME is a very big component in pkgsrc which approaches 100 packages. Please, it is very important that you always, always, <span class="strong"><strong>always</strong></span> feed back any portability -fixes you do to a GNOME package to the mainstream developers (see <a href="#components.patches.feedback" title="10.3.5. Feedback to the author">Section 10.3.5, “Feedback to the author”</a>). This is the only way to get +fixes you do to a GNOME package to the mainstream developers (see <a href="#components.patches.feedback" title="11.3.5. Feedback to the author">Section 11.3.5, “Feedback to the author”</a>). This is the only way to get their attention on portability issues and to ensure that future versions can be built out-of-the box on NetBSD. The less custom patches in pkgsrc, the easier further updates are. Those developers in charge of @@ -10029,7 +10121,7 @@ issues. While the FreeBSD GNOME people are doing a great job in porting GNOME to their operating system, the official GNOME sources are now plagued by conditionals that check for <code class="varname">__FreeBSD__</code> and similar macros. This hurts portability. Please see our patching -guidelines (<a href="#components.patches.guidelines" title="10.3.4. Patching guidelines">Section 10.3.4, “Patching guidelines”</a>) for more +guidelines (<a href="#components.patches.guidelines" title="11.3.4. Patching guidelines">Section 11.3.4, “Patching guidelines”</a>) for more details.</p> </div> </div> @@ -10046,68 +10138,68 @@ details.</p> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#infr.design">23. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#infr.design">24. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">23.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">23.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">24.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">24.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">23.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">23.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">24.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">24.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">23.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">24.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">23.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">24.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">23.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">24.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">23.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">23.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">24.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">24.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#regression">24. Regression tests</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#regression">25. Regression tests</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">24.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">24.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">24.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">25.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">25.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">25.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">24.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">24.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">25.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">25.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#porting">25. Porting pkgsrc</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#porting">26. Porting pkgsrc</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">25.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">26.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="infr.design"></a>Chapter 23. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.design"></a>Chapter 24. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">23.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">23.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">24.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">24.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">23.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">23.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">24.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">24.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">23.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">24.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">23.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">24.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">23.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">24.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">23.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">23.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">24.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">24.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> @@ -10117,7 +10209,7 @@ details.</p> like.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.vardef"></a>23.1. The meaning of variable definitions</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.vardef"></a>24.1. The meaning of variable definitions</h2></div></div></div> <p>Whenever a variable is defined in the pkgsrc infrastructure, the location and the way of definition provide much information about the intended use of that variable. @@ -10148,7 +10240,7 @@ details.</p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.vardef.problems"></a>23.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.vardef.problems"></a>24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</h2></div></div></div> <p>All variables that contain lists of things should default to being empty. Two examples that do not follow this rule are <code class="varname">USE_LANGUAGES</code> and @@ -10172,10 +10264,10 @@ DISTFILES= ${DISTNAME}${EXTRACT_SUFX} additional-files.tar.gz </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.var"></a>23.3. Variable evaluation</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.var"></a>24.3. Variable evaluation</h2></div></div></div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.var.load"></a>23.3.1. At load time</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.var.load"></a>24.3.1. At load time</h3></div></div></div> <p>Variable evaluation takes place either at load time or at runtime, depending on the context in which they occur. The contexts where variables are evaluated at load time are:</p> @@ -10217,7 +10309,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.var.run"></a>23.3.2. At runtime</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.var.run"></a>24.3.2. At runtime</h3></div></div></div> <p>After all the files have been loaded, the values of the variables cannot be changed anymore. Variables that are used in the shell commands are expanded at this point.</p> @@ -10225,7 +10317,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.varspec"></a>23.4. How can variables be specified?</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.varspec"></a>24.4. How can variables be specified?</h2></div></div></div> <p>There are many ways in which the definition and use of a variable can be restricted in order to detect bugs and violations of the (mostly unwritten) policies. See the @@ -10234,18 +10326,18 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.design.intf"></a>23.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.design.intf"></a>24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</h2></div></div></div> <p>Most of the <code class="filename">.mk</code> files fall into one of the following classes. Cases where a file falls into more than one class should be avoided as it often leads to subtle bugs.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.design.intf.proc"></a>23.5.1. Procedures with parameters</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.design.intf.proc"></a>24.5.1. Procedures with parameters</h3></div></div></div> <p>In a traditional imperative programming language some of the <code class="filename">.mk</code> files could be described as - procedures. They take some input parameters and—after - inclusion—provide a result in output parameters. Since all + procedures. They take some input parameters and—after + inclusion—provide a result in output parameters. Since all variables in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s have global scope care must be taken not to use parameter names that have already another meaning. For example, <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code> is a @@ -10275,7 +10367,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.design.intf.action"></a>23.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.design.intf.action"></a>24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</h3></div></div></div> <p>Action files take some input parameters and may define runtime variables. They shall not define loadtime variables. There are action files that are included implicitly by the @@ -10287,7 +10379,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="infr.order"></a>23.6. The order in which files are loaded</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="infr.order"></a>24.6. The order in which files are loaded</h2></div></div></div> <p>Package <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s usually consist of a set of variable definitions, and include the file <code class="filename">../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk</code> in the very last line. @@ -10302,7 +10394,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall are loaded and gives reasons for that order.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.order.prefs"></a>23.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code> +<a name="infr.order.prefs"></a>24.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code> </h3></div></div></div> <p>The very first action in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code> is to define some essential variables like @@ -10327,7 +10419,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="infr.order.pkg"></a>23.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code> +<a name="infr.order.pkg"></a>24.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code> </h3></div></div></div> <p>First, <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code> is loaded.</p> <p>Then, the various <code class="filename">*-vars.mk</code> files are @@ -10360,16 +10452,16 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="regression"></a>Chapter 24. Regression tests</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="regression"></a>Chapter 25. Regression tests</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">24.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">24.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">24.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">25.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">25.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">25.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt> <dd><dl> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">24.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">24.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">25.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">25.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt> </dl></dd> </dl> </div> @@ -10383,12 +10475,12 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall how you can add new tests.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="regression.descr"></a>24.1. The regression tests framework</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="regression.descr"></a>25.1. The regression tests framework</h2></div></div></div> <p></p> </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="regression.run"></a>24.2. Running the regression tests</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="regression.run"></a>25.2. Running the regression tests</h2></div></div></div> <p>You first need to install the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_regress/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_regress</code></a> package, which provides the <span><strong class="command">pkg_regress</strong></span> command. Then you can simply run that command, which will run all tests in the @@ -10396,7 +10488,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="regression.new"></a>24.3. Adding a new regression test</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="regression.new"></a>25.3. Adding a new regression test</h2></div></div></div> <p>Every directory in the <code class="filename">regress</code> category that contains a file called <code class="filename">spec</code> is considered a regression test. This file is a shell program @@ -10405,7 +10497,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall needs.</p> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="regression.fun.override"></a>24.3.1. Overridable functions</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="regression.fun.override"></a>25.3.1. Overridable functions</h3></div></div></div> <p>These functions do not take any parameters. They are all called in “<span class="quote">set -e</span>” mode, so you should be careful to check the exitcodes of any commands you run in the @@ -10432,7 +10524,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="sect2" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"> -<a name="regression.fun.helper"></a>24.3.2. Helper functions</h3></div></div></div> +<a name="regression.fun.helper"></a>25.3.2. Helper functions</h3></div></div></div> <div class="variablelist"><dl> <dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">exit_status(expected)</code></span></dt> <dd><p>This function compares the exitcode of the @@ -10455,12 +10547,12 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="chapter" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"> -<a name="porting"></a>Chapter 25. Porting pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="porting"></a>Chapter 26. Porting pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div> <div class="toc"> <p><b>Table of Contents</b></p> <dl> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> -<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">25.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt> +<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">26.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt> </dl> </div> <p>The pkgsrc system has already been ported to many @@ -10469,7 +10561,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall portable.</p> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="porting.opsys"></a>25.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="porting.opsys"></a>26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</h2></div></div></div> <p>To port pkgsrc to a new operating system (called <code class="literal">MyOS</code> in this example), you need to touch the following files:</p> @@ -10519,7 +10611,7 @@ CFLAGS+= -Wall </div> <div class="sect1" lang="en"> <div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"> -<a name="porting.compiler"></a>25.2. Adding support for a new compiler</h2></div></div></div> +<a name="porting.compiler"></a>26.2. Adding support for a new compiler</h2></div></div></div> <p>TODO</p> </div> </div> @@ -10616,7 +10708,7 @@ looks fine.</pre> <code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd bison</code></strong> <code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mkdir patches</code></strong></pre> <p>Create <code class="filename">Makefile</code>, <code class="filename">DESCR</code> and - <code class="filename">PLIST</code> (see <a href="#components" title="Chapter 10. Package components - files, directories and contents">Chapter 10, <i>Package components - files, directories and contents</i></a>) + <code class="filename">PLIST</code> (see <a href="#components" title="Chapter 11. Package components - files, directories and contents">Chapter 11, <i>Package components - files, directories and contents</i></a>) then continue with fetching the distfile:</p> <pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make fetch</code></strong> >> bison-1.25.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist on this system. |